diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'usr.bin')
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/edit/Makefile | 19 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/edit/edit.vindex | 115 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/edit/edittut.ms | 2322 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/exref/Makefile | 15 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/exref/ex.rm | 2230 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/exref/ex.summary | 734 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vi.man/Makefile | 14 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vi.man/vi.1 | 1294 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/Makefile | 18 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.apwh.ms | 1079 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.chars | 644 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.in | 2064 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.summary | 468 |
13 files changed, 0 insertions, 11016 deletions
diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/edit/Makefile b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/edit/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 2e24838debf..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/edit/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -# @(#)Makefile 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93 - -DIR= usd/11.edit -SRCS= edittut.ms -EXTRA= edit.vindex -MACROS= -msU - -paper.ps: ${SRCS} - ${TBL} ${SRCS} | ${ROFF} > ${.TARGET} - -# index for versatec is different from the one in edit.tut -# because the fonts are different and entries reference page -# rather than section numbers. if you have a typesetter -# you should just use the index in edit.tut, and ignore editvindex. - -editvindex: - ${TROFF} ${MACROS} -n22 edit.vindex - -.include <bsd.doc.mk> diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/edit/edit.vindex b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/edit/edit.vindex deleted file mode 100644 index 2098f14ea19..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/edit/edit.vindex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 -.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by the University of -.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. -.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors -.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -.\" without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" @(#)edit.vindex 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93 -.\" -.bd I -.ND -.TL -Index -.sp 3 -.2C -.nf -addressing, \fIsee\fR line numbers -append mode, 4 -backslash (\\), 18 -buffer, 2 -command mode, 4 -context search, 8, 10, 13, 18 -control characters (``^'' notation), 8 -control-d, 6 -current filename, 19, 20 -current line (.), 9, 15 -diagnostic messages, 4 -disk, 2 -documentation, 21 -edit (to begin editing session), 3, 7 -editing commands: -.in +2 -append (a), 4, 7 -change (c), 16 -copy (co), 13 -delete (d), 13-14 -edit (e), 12 -file (f), 19 -global (g), 18-19 -move (m), 12-13 -number (nu), 9 -preserve (pre), 20-21 -print (p), 8 -quit (q), 5, 11 -quit! (q!), 11 -read (r), 20 -recover (rec), 20 -substitute (s), 9-10, 17, 18 -undo (u), 14, 17 -write (w), 5-6, 11, 19-20 -z, 11 -.sp 10i -! (shell escape), 19 -$= , 15 -+, 15 -\-, 15 -//, 8, 18 -??, 18 -\&\fB.\fR, 9, 15 -\&\fB.\fR=, 9, 15 -.in -2 -erasing -.ti +2 -characters (#), 8 -.ti +2 -lines (@), 8 -ex (text editor), 21 -\fIEx Reference Manual\fR, 21 -file, 1 -file recovery, 20 -filename, 2 -Interrupt (message), 7 -line numbers, \fIsee also\fR current line -.ti +2 -dollar sign ($), 8, 12-13, 15 -.ti +2 -dot (.), 9, 15 -.ti +2 -relative (+ and \-), 15, 16 -logging out, 6 -login procedure, 2 -``magic'' characters, 21 -non-printing characters, 8 -``not found'' (message), 3 -program, 1 -recovery \fIsee\fR file recovery -shell, 18 -shell escape (!), 19 -special characters (^, $, \e), 18 -text input mode, 4 -UNIX, 1 diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/edit/edittut.ms b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/edit/edittut.ms deleted file mode 100644 index 5f4c28cb6d2..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/edit/edittut.ms +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2322 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 -.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by the University of -.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. -.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors -.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -.\" without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" @(#)edittut.ms 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93 -.\" -.EH 'USD:11-%''Edit: A Tutorial' -.OH 'Edit: A Tutorial''USD:11-%' -.LP -.ds u \s-2UNIX\s0 -.ll 5i -.nr LL 5i -.ND -.sp 4 -.ce -\f3\s+2Edit: A Tutorial\s0\f1 -.sp -.ce 3 -.I -Ricki Blau -.sp -James Joyce -.R -.sp -.ce 3 -Computing Services -University of California -Berkeley, California 94720 -.sp 3 -.ce -.I -ABSTRACT -.R -.sp -.LP -This narrative introduction to the use of the text editor -.I edit -assumes no prior familiarity with computers or with text editing. -Its aim is to lead the beginning \s-2UNIX\(dg\s+2 user through the -.FS -\(dgUNIX is a trademark of Bell Laboratories. -.FE -fundamental steps of writing and revising a file of text. -Edit, -a version of the text editor -.I ex, -was designed to provide an informative environment -for new and casual users. -.PP -We welcome comments and suggestions about this tutorial -and the \s-2UNIX\s+2 documentation in general. -.sp .5v -September 1981 -.bp -.ll 6.5i -.nr LL 6.5i -.nr LT 6.5i -.ds u \s-2UNIX\s0 -.ce -\s+2\f3Contents\f1\s0 -.LP -.nf -Introduction\ \ \ 3 -.sp -Session 1\ \ \4 -.in +.5i -Making contact with \s-2UNIX\s+2\ \ \ 4 -Logging in\ \ \4 -Asking for \fIedit\fR\ \ \ 4 -The ``Command not found'' message\ \ \ 5 -A summary\ \ \5 -Entering text\ \ \ 5 -Messages from \fIedit\fR\ \ \ 5 -Text input mode\ \ \ 6 -Making corrections\ \ \ 6 -Writing text to disk\ \ \ 7 -Signing off\ \ \7 -.in -.5i -.sp -Session 2\ \ \ 8 -.in +.5i -Adding more text to the file\ \ \ 8 -Interrupt\ \ \ 8 -Making corrections\ \ \ 8 -Listing what's in the buffer (p)\ \ \ 9 -Finding things in the buffer\ \ \ 9 -The current line\ \ \ 10 -Numbering lines (nu)\ \ \ 10 -Substitute command (s)\ \ \ 10 -Another way to list what's in the buffer (z)\ \ \ 11 -Saving the modified text\ \ \ 12 -.in -.5i -.sp -Session 3\ \ \ 13 -.in +.5i -Bringing text into the buffer (e)\ \ \ 13 -Moving text in the buffer (m)\ \ \ 13 -Copying lines (copy)\ \ \ 14 -Deleting lines (d)\ \ \ 14 -A word or two of caution\ \ \ 15 -Undo (u) to the rescue\ \ \ 15 -More about the dot (.) and buffer end ($)\ \ \ 16 -Moving around in the buffer (+ and \-)\ \ \ 16 -Changing lines (c)\ \ \ 17 -.in -.5i -.sp -Session 4\ \ \ 18 -.in +.5i -Making commands global (g)\ \ \ 18 -More about searching and substituting\ \ \ 19 -Special characters\ \ \ 19 -Issuing \s-2UNIX\s+2 commands from the editor\ \ \ 20 -Filenames and file manipulation\ \ \ 20 -The file (f) command\ \ \ 20 -Reading additional files (r)\ \ \ 21 -Writing parts of the buffer\ \ \ 21 -Recovering files\ \ \ 21 -Other recovery techniques\ \ \ 21 -Further reading and other information\ \ \ 22 -Using \fIex\fR\ \ \ 22 -.in -.5i -.sp -Index\ \ \ 23 -.bp -.SH -.ce -\s+2Introduction\s0 -.PP -Text editing using a terminal connected to a computer -allows you to create, modify, and print text -easily. -A -.I -text editor -.R -is a program -that assists you -as you create and modify text. -The text editor you will learn here is named -.I edit. -Creating text using edit is as easy as typing it -on an electric typewriter. -Modifying text involves telling the text editor -what you want to add, change, or delete. -You can review your text -by typing a command -to print the file contents -as they are currently. -Another program (which we do not discuss in this -document), a text formatter, -rearranges your text -for you into ``finished form.'' -.PP -These lessons assume no prior familiarity with computers -or with text editing. -They consist of a series of text editing sessions -which lead you through the fundamental steps -of creating and revising text. -After scanning each lesson and before beginning the next, -you should try the examples at a terminal to get a feeling -for the actual process of text editing. -If you set aside some time for experimentation, -you will soon become familiar with using the -computer to write and modify text. -In addition to the actual use of the text editor, -other features of \s-2UNIX\s0 will be very important to your work. -You can begin to -learn about these other features by -reading one of the other tutorials -that provide a general introduction to the system. -You will be ready to proceed with this lesson as soon as -you are familiar with (1) your terminal and its special keys, -(2) how to login, -(3) and the ways of correcting typing errors. -Let's first define some terms: -.sp .5 -.IP program 12 -A set of instructions, given to the computer, -describing the sequence of steps the computer performs -in order to accomplish a specific task. -The task must be specific, -such as balancing your checkbook -or editing your text. -A general task, -such as working for world peace, -is something we can all do, -but not something we can currently write programs to do. -.IP UNIX -\s-2UNIX\s0 is a special type of program, -called an operating system, that supervises the machinery -and all other programs comprising the total -computer system. -.IP edit -.I edit -is the name of the \s-2UNIX\s0 text editor you will be learning to use, -and is a program that aids you in writing or revising text. -Edit was designed for beginning users, -and is a simplified version of an editor named -.I ex. -.IP file -Each \s-2UNIX\s0 account is allotted -space for the permanent storage of information, -such as programs, data or text. -A file is a logical unit of data, -for example, an essay, a program, -or a chapter from a book, -which is stored on a computer system. -Once you create a file, -it is kept until you instruct the system to remove it. -You may create a file during one \s-2UNIX\s0 session, -end the session, -and return to use it at a later time. -Files contain anything you choose to write and store in them. -The sizes of files vary to suit your needs; -one file might hold only a single number, -yet another might contain -a very long document or program. -The only way to save -information from one session to the next is to store it in a file, -which you will learn in Session 1. -.IP filename -Filenames are used to distinguish one file from another, -serving the same purpose as the labels of manila -folders in a file cabinet. -In order to write or access information in a file, -you use the name of that file in a \s-2UNIX\s0 command, -and the system will automatically locate the file. -.IP disk -Files are stored on an input/output device called a disk, -which looks something like a stack of phonograph records. -Each surface is coated with a material similar to that -on magnetic recording tape, -and information is recorded on it. -.IP buffer -A temporary work space, made available to the user -for the duration of a session of text editing -and used for creating and modifying -the text file. -We can think of the buffer as a blackboard that is -erased after each class, where each session with the editor -is a class. -.bp -.SH -.ce 1 -\s+2Session 1\s0 -.sp 1 -.SH -Making contact with \s-1UNIX\s0 -.PP -To use the editor you must first make contact with the computer -by logging in to \s-2UNIX\s0. -We'll quickly review the standard \s-2UNIX\s0 login procedure -for the two ways you can make contact: -on a terminal that is directly linked to the computer, -or over a telephone line where the computer answers your call. -.SH -Directly-linked terminals -.PP -Turn on your terminal and press the \s-1RETURN\s0 key. -You are now ready to login. -.SH -Dial-up terminals -.PP -If your terminal connects with the computer over a telephone line, -turn on the terminal, dial the system access number, -and, when you hear a high-pitched tone, place the -telephone handset in the acoustic coupler, if you are using one. -You are now ready to login. -.SH -Logging in -.PP -The message inviting you to login is: -.DS I 1i -login: -.DE -.LP -Type your login name, which identifies you to \s-2UNIX\s0, -on the same line as the login message, -and press \s-2RETURN\s+2. -If the terminal you are using -has both upper and lower case, -.B -be sure you enter your login name in lower case; -.R -otherwise \s-2UNIX\s0 assumes your terminal -has only upper case and will not recognize lower case -letters you may type. -\s-2UNIX\s0 types ``login:'' and you reply -with your login name, for example ``susan'': -.DS I 1i -login: \fBsusan\fR \fI(and press the \s-2RETURN\s0 key)\fR -.DE -(In the examples, input you would type appears in -.B "bold face" -to distinguish it from the responses from \s-2UNIX\s0.) -.PP -\s-2UNIX\s0 will next respond with a request for a password -as an additional precaution to prevent -unauthorized people from using your account. -The password will not appear when you type it, -to prevent others from seeing it. -The message is: -.DS I 1i -Password: \fI(type your password and press \s-2RETURN\s+2)\fR -.DE -If any of the information you gave during the login -sequence was mistyped or incorrect, -\s-2UNIX\s0 will respond with -.DS I 1i -Login incorrect. -.if t .sp .2v -.if n .sp 1 -login: -.DE -in which case you should start the login process anew. -Assuming that you have successfully -logged in, \s-2UNIX\s0 -will print the message of the day and eventually will present -you with a % at the beginning of a fresh line. -The % is the \s-2UNIX\s0 prompt symbol -which tells you that \s-2UNIX\s0 is ready to accept a command. -.bd I 3 -.SH -Asking for \fIedit\fP -.fl -.bd I -.PP -You are ready to tell \s-2UNIX\s0 that you -want to work with edit, the text editor. -Now is a convenient time to choose -a name for the file of text you are about to create. -To begin your editing session, -type -.B edit -followed by a space and then the filename -you have selected; for example, ``text''. -After that, -press the \s-2RETURN\s0 key and wait for edit's response: -.DS I 1i -% \fBedit text\fP \fI(followed by a \s-2RETURN\s+2)\fR -"text" No such file or directory -: -.DE -If you typed the command correctly, -you will now be in communication with edit. -Edit has set aside a buffer for use as -a temporary working space during your current editing session. -Since ``text'' is a new file we are about to create -the editor was unable to find that file, which it -confirms by saying: -.DS I 1i -"text" No such file or directory -.DE -On the next line appears edit's prompt ``:'', -announcing that you are in \f2command mode\f1 and -edit expects a command from you. -You may now begin to create the new file. -.SH -The ``Command not found'' message -.PP -If you misspelled edit by typing, say, ``editor'', -this might appear: -.DS I 1i -% \fBeditor\fP -editor: Command not found -% -.DE -Your mistake in calling edit ``editor'' was -treated by \s-2UNIX\s0 as a request -for a program named ``editor''. -Since there is no program -named ``editor'', -\s-2UNIX\s0 reported that the program was ``not found''. -A new % indicates that \s-2UNIX\s0 is ready for another command, -and you may then enter the correct command. -.SH -A summary -.PP -Your exchange with \s-2UNIX\s0 as you logged in and made contact with edit -should look something like this: -.DS I 1i -login: \fBsusan\fP -Password: -\&... A Message of General Interest ... -% \fBedit text\fP -"text" No such file or directory -: -.DE -.SH -Entering text -.PP -You may now begin entering text into the buffer. -This is done by \fIappending\fP (or adding) text to whatever -is currently in the buffer. -Since there is nothing in the buffer at the moment, -you are appending text to nothing; -in effect, -since you are adding text to nothing -you are creating text. -Most edit commands have two equivalent forms: -a word that suggests what the command does, -and a shorter abbreviation of that word. -Many beginners find the full command names -easier to remember at first, -but once you are familiar with editing you may -prefer to type the shorter abbreviations. -The command to input text is ``append''. -(It may be abbreviated ``a''.) -Type -.B append -and press the \s-2RETURN\s0 key. -.DS I 1i -% \fBedit text -\fR:\|\fBappend -.R -.DE -.SH -.bd I 3 -Messages from -.I edit -.fl -.bd I -.PP -If you make a mistake in entering a command and -type something that edit does not recognize, -edit will respond with a message -intended to help you diagnose your error. -For example, if you misspell the command to input text by typing, -perhaps, ``add'' instead of ``append'' or ``a'', -you will receive this message: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBadd\fR -add: Not an editor command -: -.DE -When you receive a diagnostic message, -check what you typed in order to determine what -part of your command confused edit. -The message above means that edit -was unable to recognize your mistyped command -and, therefore, did not execute it. -Instead, a new ``:'' -appeared to let you know that -edit is again ready to execute a command. -.SH -Text input mode -.PP -By giving the command ``append'' (or using the abbreviation ``a''), -you entered -.I -text input mode, -.R -also known as -.I -append mode. -.R -When you enter text input mode, -edit stops sending you a prompt. -You will not receive any prompts -or error messages -while in text input mode. -You can enter -pretty much anything you want on the lines. -The lines are transmitted one by one to the buffer -and held there during the editing session. -You may append as much text as you want, and -.I -when you wish to stop entering text lines you should -type a period as the only character on the line -and press the \s-2RETURN\s0 key. -.R -When you type the period and press \s-2RETURN\s0, -you signal that you want to stop appending text, -and edit responds by allowing -you to exit text input mode and reenter command mode. -Edit will again -prompt you for a command by printing ``:''. -.PP -Leaving append mode does not destroy the text in -the buffer. -You have to leave append -mode to do any of the other kinds of editing, -such as changing, adding, or printing text. -If you type a period as the first character and -type any other character on the same line, -edit will believe you want to remain in append mode -and will not let you out. -As this can be very frustrating, -be sure to type -.B only -the period and the \s-2RETURN\s0 key. -.PP -This is a good place to learn an important -lesson about computers and text: a blank space is -a character as far as a computer is concerned. -If you so much as type a period followed by a blank -(that is, type a period and then the space bar on the keyboard), -you will remain in append mode with the last line of text -being: -.DS I 1i -.B -.ps +2 -\&. -.ps -2 -.R -.DE -Let's say that you enter the lines -(try to type -.B exactly -what you see, including ``thiss''): -.DS I 1i -.B -This is some sample text. -And thiss is some more text. -Text editing is strange, but nice. -\&. -.R -.DE -The last line is the period followed by a \s-2RETURN\s0 -that gets you out of append mode. -.SH -Making corrections -.PP -If you have read a general introduction to \s-2UNIX\s0, -you will recall that it is possible to erase individual -letters that you have typed. -This is done by typing the designated erase character -as many times as there are characters -you want to erase. -.PP -The usual erase character varies from place to place and -user to user. Often it -is the backspace (control-H), -so you can correct typing errors -in the line you are typing -by holding down the \s-1CTRL\s+1 key -and typing the ``H'' key. (Sometimes it is the DEL key.) -If you type the erase character -you will notice -that the terminal backspaces in the line you are on. -You can backspace over your error, -and then type what you want to be the rest of the line. -.PP -If you make a bad start -in a line -and would like to begin again, -you can either backspace to the beginning of the line -or you can use the at-sign ``@'' to erase everything on the line: -.DS I 1i -.B -Text edtiing is strange, but@ -Text editing is strange, but nice. -.R -.fl -.bd S -.DE -When you type the at-sign (@), you erase -the entire line typed so far -and are given a fresh line to type on. -You may immediately begin to retype the line. -This, unfortunately, does not work after you type the -line and press \s-2RETURN\s+2. -To make corrections in lines that have been completed, -it is necessary to use the editing commands -covered in the next sessions. -.SH -Writing text to disk -.PP -You are now ready to edit the text. One common operation -is to write the text to disk as a file for safekeeping -after the session is over. -This is the only way to save information from one session to the next, -since the editor's buffer is temporary and will last only until the -end of the editing session. -Learning how to write a file to disk is second in -importance only to entering the text. -To write the contents of the buffer to a disk -file, use the command ``write'' -(or its abbreviation ``w''): -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBwrite -.R -.DE -Edit will copy the contents of the buffer to a disk file. -If the file does not yet exist, -a new file will be created automatically -and the presence of a ``[New file]'' will be noted. -The newly-created file will be given the name specified when -you entered the editor, in this case ``text''. -To confirm that the disk file has been successfully written, -edit will repeat the filename and give -the number of lines and the total -number of characters in the file. -The buffer remains unchanged by the ``write'' command. -All of the lines that were written to disk will still be -in the buffer, -should you want to modify or add to them. -.PP -Edit must have a name for the file to be written. -If you forgot to indicate the name of the file -when you began to edit, -edit will print in response to your write command: -.DS I 1i -No current filename -.DE -If this happens, you can specify the filename in a new write command: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBwrite text -.R -.DE -After the ``write'' (or ``w''), type a space and then the name of the file. -.SH -Signing off -.PP -We have done enough for this first lesson on using the -\s-2UNIX\s0 text editor, and are ready to quit the session with edit. -To do this we type ``quit'' (or ``q'') and press \s-2RETURN\s+2: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBwrite -.R -"text" [New file] 3 lines, 90 characters -:\|\fBquit\fR -% -.DE -The % is from \s-2UNIX\s0 to tell you that your session with edit is -over and you may command \s-2UNIX\s0 further. -Since we want -to end the entire session at the terminal, we also need to -exit from \s-2UNIX\s0. -In response to the \s-2UNIX\s0 prompt of ``\|%\|'' -type the command -.DS I 1i -%\|\fBlogout\fR -.DE -This will end your session with \s-2UNIX\s0, and will ready the -terminal for the next user. -It is always important to type \fBlogout\fR at the end of a session -to make absolutely sure no one -could accidentally stumble into your abandoned -session and thus gain access to your files, -tempting even the most honest of souls. -.sp 1 -.PP -This is the end of the first session on \s-2UNIX\s0 text editing. -.bp -.TL -Session 2 -.sp -.PP -Login with \s-2UNIX\s0 as in the first session: -.DS I 1i -login: \fBsusan\fP \fI(carriage return)\fR -Password: \fI(give password and carriage return)\fR -.if t .sp .2v -.if n .sp 1 -\&... A Message of General Interest ... -% -.DE -When you indicate you want to edit, -you can specify the name of the file you worked on last time. -This will -start edit working, and it will fetch the contents of the -file into the buffer, so that you can resume editing the same file. -When edit has copied the file into the buffer, it -will repeat its name and tell -you the number of lines and characters it contains. -Thus, -.DS I 1i -.B -% edit text -.R -"text" 3 lines, 90 characters -: -.DE -means you asked edit to fetch -the file named ``text'' for editing, -causing it to copy the -90 characters of text into the buffer. -Edit awaits -your further instructions, -and indicates this by its prompt character, the colon (:). -In this session, we will append more text to our file, -print the contents of the buffer, and learn to change the text of a line. -.SH -Adding more text to the file -.PP -If you want to add more to the end of your -text you may do so by using the append command to enter text input mode. -When ``append'' is the first command -of your editing session, -the lines you enter -are placed at the end of the buffer. -Here we'll use the abbreviation for the append command, ``a'': -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBa -This is text added in Session 2. -It doesn't mean much here, but -it does illustrate the editor. -\|\fB\s+2\&.\s-2 -.R -.DE -You may recall that once you enter append mode -using the ``a'' (or ``append'') command, -you need to type a line containing only a period (.) -to exit append mode. -.SH -Interrupt -.PP -Should you press the \s-2RUB\s+2 key (sometimes labelled \s-2DELETE\s+2) -while working with edit, -it will send this message to you: -.DS I 1i -Interrupt -: -.DE -Any command that edit might be executing -is terminated by rub or delete, -causing edit to prompt you for a new command. -If you are appending text at the time, -you will exit from append mode -and be expected to give another command. -The line of text you were typing -when the append command was interrupted -will not be entered into the buffer. -.SH -Making corrections -.PP -If while typing the line you hit an incorrect key, -recall that -you may delete the incorrect character -or cancel the entire line of input by erasing in the usual way. -Refer either -to the last few pages of Session 1 -if you need to review -the procedures for making a correction. -The most important idea to remember is that -erasing a character or cancelling a line must be done -before you press the \s-2RETURN\s+2 key. -.SH -Listing what's in the buffer (p) -.PP -Having appended text to what you wrote in Session 1, -you might want to see all the lines in the buffer. -To print the contents of the buffer, type the command: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB1,$p -.R -.DE -The ``1''\(dg -.FS -\(dgThe numeral ``one'' is the top left-most key, -and should not be confused with the letter ``el''. -.FE -stands for line 1 of the buffer, -the ``$'' is a special symbol designating the last line -of the buffer, -and ``p'' (or \fBprint\fR) is the command to print from line 1 -to the end of the buffer. -The command ``1,$p'' gives you: -.DS I 1i -This is some sample text. -And thiss is some more text. -Text editing is strange, but nice. -This is text added in Session 2. -It doesn't mean much here, but -it does illustrate the editor. -.DE -Occasionally, you may accidentally -type a character that can't be printed, -which can be done by striking a key -while the \s-2CTRL\s0 key is pressed. -In printing lines, edit uses a special notation to -show the existence of non-printing characters. -Suppose you had introduced the non-printing character ``control-A'' -into the word ``illustrate'' -by accidently pressing the \s-2CTRL\s0 key while -typing ``a''. -This can happen on many terminals -because the \s-2CTRL\s+2 key and the ``A'' key -are beside each other. -If your finger presses between the two keys, -control-A results. -When asked to print the contents of the buffer, -edit would display -.DS I 1i -it does illustr^Ate the editor. -.DE -To represent the control-A, edit shows ``^A''. -The sequence ``^'' followed by a capital -letter stands for the one character -entered by holding down the \s-2CTRL\s0 key and typing the letter -which appears after the ``^''. -We'll soon discuss the commands that can be used -to correct this typing error. -.PP -In looking over the text we see that -``this'' is typed as ``thiss'' in the second line, -a deliberate error so we can learn to make corrections. -Let's correct the spelling. -.SH -Finding things in the buffer -.PP -In order to change something in the buffer we first need to -find it. -We can find ``thiss'' in the text we have -entered by looking at a listing -of the lines. -Physically speaking, we search the lines -of text looking for ``thiss'' and stop searching when -we have found it. -The way to tell edit to search for something -is to type it inside slash marks: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB/thiss/ -.R -.DE -By typing -.B /thiss/ -and pressing \s-1RETURN\s0, -you instruct edit to search for ``thiss''. -If you ask edit to look for a pattern of characters -which it cannot find in the buffer, -it will respond ``Pattern not found''. -When edit finds -the characters ``thiss'', it will print the line of text -for your inspection: -.DS I 1i -And thiss is some more text. -.DE -Edit is now positioned in the buffer at the -line it just printed, -ready to make a change in the line. -.bp -.SH -The current line -.PP -Edit keeps track of the line in the buffer where it is located -at all times during an editing session. -In general, the line that has been most recently -printed, entered, or changed -is the current location in the buffer. -The editor is prepared to make changes -at the current location in the buffer, -unless you direct it to another location. -.PP -In particular, -when you bring a file into the buffer, -you will be located at the last line in the file, -where the editor left off copying the lines -from the file to the buffer. -If your first editing command is ``append'', -the lines you enter are added -to the end of the file, -after the current line \(em -the last line in the file. -.PP -You can refer to your current location in the buffer by the -symbol -period (.) usually known by the name ``dot''. -If you type ``.'' and carriage -return you will be instructing edit to print the current line: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB\s+2\&.\s-2 -.R -And thiss is some more text. -.DE -.PP -If you want to know the number of the current line, -you can type -.B \&.= -and press \s-2RETURN\s+2, -and edit will respond with the line number: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB\s+2.\s-2= -.R -2 -.DE -If you type the number of any line and press \s-2RETURN\s+2, -edit will position you at that line and -print its contents: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB2 -.R -And thiss is some more text. -.DE -You should experiment with these commands -to gain experience in using them to make changes. -.SH -Numbering lines (nu) -.PP -The -.B -number (nu) -.R -command is similar to print, -giving both the number and the text of each printed line. -To see the number and the text of the current line type -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBnu -.R -\0\0\0\0\02\0\0And thiss is some more text. -.DE -Note that the shortest abbreviation for the number command is -``nu'' (and not ``n'', which is used for a different command). -You may specify a range of lines -to be listed by the number command in the same way that lines -are specified for print. -For example, \f31,$nu\f1 lists all lines in the buffer with their -corresponding line numbers. -.SH -Substitute command (s) -.PP -Now that you have found the misspelled word, -you can change it from ``thiss'' to ``this''. -As far as edit is concerned, -changing things is a matter of -substituting one thing for another. -As -.I a -stood for -.I append, -so -.I s -stands for -.I substitute. -We will use the abbreviation ``s'' to reduce the chance -of mistyping the substitute command. -This command will instruct edit to make the change: -.DS I 1i -\f32s/thiss/this/\f1 -.DE -We first indicate the line to be changed, line 2, -and then -type an ``s'' to indicate we want -edit to make a substitution. -Inside the first set of slashes -are the characters that we want to change, -followed by the characters to replace them, -and then a closing slash mark. -To summarize: -.DS I 1i -2s/ \fIwhat is to be changed\fR / \fIwhat to change it to \fR/ -.DE -If edit finds an exact match of the characters to be -changed it will make the change -.B only -in the first occurrence of the characters. -If it does not find the characters -to be changed, it will respond: -.DS I 1i -Substitute pattern match failed -.DE -indicating that your instructions could not be carried out. -When edit does find the characters that you want to change, -it will make the substitution and automatically print -the changed line, so that you can check that the correct substitution -was made. -In the example, -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB2s/thiss/this/ -.R -And this is some more text. -.DE -line 2 (and line 2 only) will be searched for the characters -``thiss'', and when the first exact match is found, ``thiss'' -will be changed to ``this''. -Strictly speaking, it was not necessary above to -specify the number of the line to be changed. -In -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBs/thiss/this/ -.R -.DE -edit will assume that we mean to change -the line where we are currently located (``.''). -In this case, -the command without a line number would have produced the same result -because we were already located -at the line we wished to change. -.PP -For another illustration of the substitute command, -let us choose the line: -.DS I 1i -Text editing is strange, but nice. -.DE -You can make this line a bit more positive -by taking out the characters ``strange, but\ '' so the line -reads: -.DS I 1i -Text editing is nice. -.DE -A command that will first position edit at the desired line -and then make the substitution is: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB/strange/s/strange, but // -.R -.DE -.LP -What we have done here is combine our search with -our substitution. -Such combinations are perfectly legal, -and speed up editing quite a bit -once you get used to them. -That is, you do not necessarily have to use -line numbers to identify a line to edit. -Instead, you may identify the line you want to change -by asking edit to search for a specified pattern of letters -that occurs in that line. -The parts of the above command are: -.TS -.in +1i -.nr 35 \n(.u -.nf -.ds #d .d -.if \(ts\n(.z\(ts\(ts .ds #d nl -.nr 80 0 -.nr 38 \w\f3/strange/\fP -.if \n(80<\n(38 .nr 80 \n(38 -.nr 38 \w\f3s\fP -.if \n(80<\n(38 .nr 80 \n(38 -.nr 38 \w\f3/strange, but //\fP -.if \n(80<\n(38 .nr 80 \n(38 -.nr 81 0 -.nr 38 \wtells edit to find the characters ``strange'' in the text -.if \n(81<\n(38 .nr 81 \n(38 -.nr 38 \wtells edit to make a substitution -.if \n(81<\n(38 .nr 81 \n(38 -.nr 38 \wsubstitutes nothing at all for the characters ``strange, but '' -.if \n(81<\n(38 .nr 81 \n(38 -.nr 38 1n -.nr 79 0 -.nr 40 \n(79+(0*\n(38) -.nr 80 +\n(40 -.nr 41 \n(80+(3*\n(38) -.nr 81 +\n(41 -.nr TW \n(81 -.if t .if (\n(TW+\n(.o)>7.75i .tm Table at line 307 file ed2.tbl is too wide - \n(TW units -.fc -.nr #T 0 -.eo -.de T# -.ds #d .d -.if \(ts\n(.z\(ts\(ts .ds #d nl -.mk ## -.nr ## -1v -.. -.ec -.ta \n(80u \n(81u -\&\h'|\n(40u'\f3/strange/\fP\h'|\n(41u'tells edit to find the characters ``strange'' in the text -.ta \n(80u \n(81u -\&\h'|\n(40u'\f3s\fP\h'|\n(41u'tells edit to make a substitution -.ta \n(80u \n(81u -\&\h'|\n(40u'\f3/strange, but //\fP\h'|\n(41u'substitutes nothing at all for the characters ``strange, but '' -.fc -.nr T. 1 -.T# 1 -.if \n(35>0 .fi -.in -1i -.TE -.PP -You should note the space after ``but'' in ``/strange, but /''. -If you do not indicate that the space is to be taken out, -your line will read: -.DS I 1i -.if t Text editing is nice. -.if n Text editing is nice. -.DE -which looks a little funny -because of the extra space between ``is'' and ``nice''. -Again, we realize from this that a blank space -is a real character to a computer, and in editing text -we need to be aware of spaces -within a line just as we would be aware of an ``a'' or -a ``4''. -.SH -Another way to list what's in the buffer (z) -.PP -Although the print command is useful for looking at specific lines -in the buffer, -other commands may be more convenient for -viewing large sections of text. -You can ask to see a screen full of text at a time -by using the command -.B z. -If you type -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB1z -.R -.DE -edit will start with line 1 and continue printing lines, -stopping either when the screen of -your terminal is full -or when the last line in the buffer has been printed. -If you want to read the next segment of text, type the command -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBz -.DE -If no starting line number is given for the z command, -printing will start at the ``current'' line, in this case the -last line printed. -Viewing lines in the buffer one screen full at a time -is known as \fIpaging\fR. -Paging can also be used to print -a section of text on a hard-copy terminal. -.SH -Saving the modified text -.PP -This seems to be a good place to pause in our work, -and so we should end the second session. -If you (in haste) type ``q'' to quit the session -your dialogue with edit will be: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBq -.R -No write since last change (:quit! overrides) -: -.DE -This is edit's warning that you have not written -the modified contents of the buffer to disk. -You run the risk of losing the work you did -during the editing session since you typed the latest write -command. -Because in this lesson we have not written -to disk at all, everything we have done -would have been lost -if edit had obeyed the \fBq\fR command. -If you did not want to save the work done during -this editing session, you would have to type ``q!'' -or (``quit!'') -to confirm that you indeed wanted to end the session -immediately, -leaving the file as it was -after the most recent ``write'' command. -However, -since you want to save what -you have edited, you need to type: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBw -.R -"text" 6 lines, 171 characters -.DE -and then follow with the commands to quit and logout: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBq -% \fBlogout\fR -.DE -and hang up the phone or turn off the terminal when -\s-2UNIX\s0 asks for a name. -Terminals connected to the port selector -will stop after the logout command, -and pressing keys on the keyboard will do nothing. -.sp 1 -.PP -This is the end of the second session on \s-2UNIX\s0 text editing. -.bp -.TL -Session 3 -.SH -Bringing text into the buffer (e) -.PP -Login to \s-2UNIX\s0 and make contact with edit. -You should try to login without -looking at the notes, but if you must -then by all means do. -.PP -Did you remember to give the name of the file -you wanted to edit? -That is, did you type -.DS I 1i -% \fBedit text\fR -.DE -or simply -.DS I 1i -% \fBedit\fR -.DE -Both ways get you in contact with edit, but the first way -will bring a copy of the file named ``text'' into -the buffer. -If you did forget to tell edit the name of your file, -you can get it into the buffer by -typing: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBe text -.R -"text" 6 lines, 171 characters -.DE -The command -.B edit, -which may be abbreviated \fBe\fR, -tells edit that you want -to erase anything that might already be in -the buffer and bring a copy of the file ``text'' into the buffer -for editing. -You may also use the edit (e) command to change files in -the middle of an editing session, -or to give edit the name of a new file that you want to create. -Because the edit command clears the buffer, -you will receive a warning if you try to edit a new file without -having saved a copy of the old file. -This gives you a chance to write the contents of the buffer to disk -before editing the next file. -.SH -Moving text in the buffer (m) -.PP -Edit allows you to move lines of text -from one location in the buffer to another -by means of the -.B move -(\fBm\fR) command. -The first two examples are for illustration only, -though after you have read this Session -you are welcome to return to them for practice. -The command -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB2,4m$ -.R -.DE -directs edit to move lines 2, 3, and 4 -to the end of the buffer ($). -The format for the move command is that you specify -the first line to be moved, the last line to be moved, -the move command ``m'', and the line after which -the moved text is to be placed. -So, -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB1,3m6 -.R -.DE -would instruct edit to move lines 1 through 3 (inclusive) -to a location after line 6 in the buffer. -To move only one line, say, line 4, -to a location in the buffer after line 5, -the command would be ``4m5''. -.PP -Let's move some text using the command: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB5,$m1 -.R -2 lines moved -it does illustrate the editor. -.DE -After executing a command that moves more than one line of the buffer, -edit tells how many lines were affected by the move -and prints the last moved line for your inspection. -If you want to see more than just the last line, -you can then -use the print (p), z, or number (nu) command to view more text. -The buffer should now contain: -.DS I 1i -This is some sample text. -It doesn't mean much here, but -it does illustrate the editor. -And this is some more text. -Text editing is nice. -This is text added in Session 2. -.DE -You can restore the original order by typing: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB4,$m1 -.R -.DE -or, combining context searching and the move command: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB/And this is some/,/This is text/m/This is some sample/ -.R -.DE -(Do not type both examples here!) -The problem with combining context searching -with the move command -is that your chance of making a typing error -in such a long command is greater than -if you type line numbers. -.SH -Copying lines (copy) -.PP -The -.B copy -command -is used to make a second copy of specified lines, -leaving the original lines where they were. -Copy -has the same format as the move command, for example: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB2,5copy $ -.R -.DE -makes a copy of lines 2 through 5, -placing the added lines after the buffer's end ($). -Experiment with the copy command -so that you can become familiar with how it works. -Note that the shortest abbreviation for copy is -\f3co\f1 (and -not the letter ``c'', which has another meaning). -.SH -Deleting lines (d) -.PP -Suppose you want to delete -the line -.DS I 1i -This is text added in Session 2. -.DE -from the buffer. -If you know the number of the line to be deleted, -you can type -that number followed by -\fBdelete\fR or \fBd\fR. -This example deletes line 4, -which is ``This is text added in Session 2.'' -if you typed the commands -suggested so far. -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB4d -.R -It doesn't mean much here, but -.DE -Here ``4'' is the number of the line to be deleted, -and ``delete'' or ``d'' is the command to delete the line. -After executing the delete command, -edit prints the line that has become the current line (``.''). -.PP -If you do not happen to know the line number -you can search for the line and then delete it using this -sequence of commands: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB/added in Session 2./ -.R -This is text added in Session 2. -:\|\fBd -.R -It doesn't mean much here, but -.DE -The ``/added in Session 2./'' -asks edit to locate and print -the line containing the indicated text, -starting its search at the current line -and moving line by line -until it finds the text. -Once you are sure that you have correctly specified the line -you want to delete, -you can enter the delete (d) command. -In this case it is not necessary to -specify a line number before the ``d''. -If no line number is given, -edit deletes the current line (``.''), -that is, the line found by our search. -After the deletion, your buffer should contain: -.DS I 1i -This is some sample text. -And this is some more text. -Text editing is nice. -It doesn't mean much here, but -it does illustrate the editor. -And this is some more text. -Text editing is nice. -This is text added in Session 2. -It doesn't mean much here, but -.DE -To delete both lines 2 and 3: -.DS I 1i -And this is some more text. -Text editing is nice. -.DE -you type -.DS I 1i -:\|\f32,3d\f1 -2 lines deleted -.DE -which specifies the range of lines from 2 to 3, -and the operation on those lines \(em ``d'' for delete. -If you delete more than one line -you will receive a message -telling you the number of lines deleted, -as indicated in the example above. -.PP -The previous example assumes that you know the line numbers for -the lines to be deleted. -If you do not you might combine the search command -with the delete command: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB/And this is some/,/Text editing is nice./d -.R -.DE -.SH -A word or two of caution -.PP -In using the search function to locate lines to -be deleted you should be -.B -absolutely sure -.R -the characters you give as the basis for the search -will take edit to the line you want deleted. -Edit will search for the first -occurrence of the characters starting from where -you last edited \- -that is, from the line you see printed if you type dot (.). -.PP -A search based on too few -characters may result in the wrong lines being deleted, -which edit will do as easily as if you had meant it. -For this reason, it is usually safer -to specify the search and then delete in two separate steps, -at least until you become familiar enough with using the editor -that you understand how best to specify searches. -For a beginner it is not a bad idea to double-check -each command before pressing \s-2RETURN\s+2 to send the command on its way. -.SH -Undo (u) to the rescue -.PP -The -.B -undo (u) -.R -command has the ability to -reverse the effects of the last command that changed the buffer. -To undo the previous command, type -``u'' or ``undo''. -Undo can rescue -the contents of the buffer from many an unfortunate mistake. -However, its powers are not unlimited, -so it is still wise to be reasonably -careful about the commands you give. -.PP -It is possible to undo only commands which -have the power to change the buffer \(em for example, -delete, append, move, copy, substitute, and even undo itself. -The commands write (w) and edit (e), which interact with disk files, -cannot be undone, nor can commands that do not change -the buffer, such as print. -Most importantly, -the -.B only -command that can be reversed by undo -is the -last ``undo-able'' command you typed. -You can use control-H and @ to change -commands while you are typing them, -and undo to reverse the effect of the commands -after you have typed them and pressed \s-2RETURN\s+2. -.PP -To illustrate, -let's issue an undo command. -Recall that the last buffer-changing command we gave deleted -the lines formerly numbered 2 and 3. -Typing undo at this moment will reverse the effects -of the deletion, causing those two lines to be -replaced in the buffer. -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBu -.R -2 more lines in file after undo -And this is some more text. -.DE -Here again, edit informs you if the command affects more -than one line, -and prints -the text of the line which is now ``dot'' (the current line). -.SH -More about the dot (.) and buffer end ($) -.PP -The function assumed by the symbol dot depends on its context. -It can be used: -.IP -1. to exit from append mode; we type dot (and only a dot) on -a line and press \s-2RETURN\s+2; -.IP -2. to refer to the line we are at in the buffer. -.LP -Dot can also be combined with the equal sign to get -the number of the line currently being edited: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB\&.= -.R -.DE -If we type ``\fB.\fR='' we are asking for the number of the line, -and if we type ``\fB.\fR'' we are asking for the text of the line. -.PP -In this editing session and the last, we used the dollar -sign to indicate the end of the buffer -in commands such as print, copy, and move. -The dollar sign as a command asks edit to print the last -line in the buffer. -If the dollar sign is combined with the equal sign (\f3$=\f1) -edit will print the line number corresponding to the -last line in the buffer. -.PP -``\fB.\fR'' and ``$'', then, represent line numbers. -Whenever appropriate, these symbols can be used in -place of line numbers in commands. -For example -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB\s+2.\s-2,$d -.R -.DE -instructs edit to delete all lines from the current line (\fB.\fR) -to the end of the buffer. -.SH -Moving around in the buffer (+ and \-) -.PP -When you are editing -you often want -to go back and re-read a previous line. -You could specify a context search for a line you want to -read if you remember some of its text, -but if you simply want to see what was written a few, say 3, lines -ago, you can type -.DS I 1i -\-3p -.DE -This tells edit to move back to a position 3 lines -before the current line (.) -and print that line. -You can move forward in the buffer similarly: -.DS I 1i -+2p -.DE -instructs edit to print the line that is 2 -ahead of your current position. -.PP -You may use ``+'' and ``\-'' in any command where edit -accepts line numbers. -Line numbers specified with ``+'' or ``\-'' -can be combined to print a range of lines. -The command -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB\-1,+2copy$ -.R -.DE -makes a copy of 4 lines: the current line, the line before it, -and the two after it. -The copied lines will be placed after the last line -in the buffer ($), -and the original lines referred to by ``\-1'' and ``+2'' -remain where they are. -.PP -Try typing only ``\-''; you will move back one line just as -if you had typed ``\-1p''. -Typing the command ``+'' works similarly. -You might also try typing a few plus or minus signs in a row -(such as ``+++'') to see edit's response. -Typing \s-2RETURN\s+2 alone on a line is the equivalent -of typing ``+1p''; it will move you one line ahead in the buffer -and print that line. -.PP -If you are at the last line of the buffer and try -to move further ahead, perhaps by typing a ``+'' or -a carriage return alone on the line, -edit will remind you that you are at the end of the buffer: -.sp -.nf -.ti 1i -At end-of-file -.br -or -.ti 1i -Not that many lines in buffer -.fi -.LP -Similarly, if you try to move to a position before the first line, -edit will print one of these messages: -.sp -.nf -.ti 1i -Nonzero address required on this command -.br -or -.ti 1i -Negative address \- first buffer line is 1 -.fi -.LP -The number associated with a buffer line is the line's ``address'', -in that it can be used to locate the line. -.SH -Changing lines (c) -.PP -You can also delete certain lines and -insert new text in their place. -This can be accomplished easily with the -.B "change (c)" -command. -The change command instructs edit to delete specified lines -and then switch to text input mode to -accept the text that will replace them. -Let's say you want to change the first two lines in the buffer: -.DS I 1i -This is some sample text. -And this is some more text. -.DE -to read -.DS I 1i -This text was created with the \s-2UNIX\s0 text editor. -.DE -To do so, you type: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB1,2c -.R -2 lines changed -.B -This text was created with the \s-2UNIX\s0 text editor. -\s+2\&.\s-2 -.R -: -.DE -In the command -.B 1,2c -we specify that we want to change -the range of lines beginning with 1 and ending with 2 -by giving line numbers as with the print command. -These lines will be deleted. -After you type \s-2RETURN\s+2 to end the change command, -edit notifies you if more than one line will be changed -and places you in text input mode. -Any text typed on the following lines will be inserted into -the position where lines were deleted by the change command. -.B -You will remain in text input mode until you exit in the usual way, -by typing a period alone on a line. -.R -Note that the number of lines added to the buffer need not be -the same as the number of lines deleted. -.sp 1 -.PP -This is the end of the third session on text editing with \s-2UNIX\s0. -.bp -.SH -.ce 1 -\s+2Session 4\s0 -.sp -.PP -This lesson covers several topics, starting with -commands that apply throughout the buffer, -characters with special meanings, -and how to issue \s-2UNIX\s0 commands while in the editor. -The next topics deal with files: -more on reading and writing, -and methods of recovering files lost in a crash. -The final section suggests sources of further information. -.SH -Making commands global (g) -.PP -One disadvantage to the commands we have used for -searching or substituting is that if you -have a number of instances of a word to change -it appears that you have to type the command -repeatedly, once for -each time the change needs to be made. -Edit, however, provides a way to make commands -apply to the entire contents of the buffer \- -the -.B -global (g) -.R -command. -.PP -To print all lines -containing a certain sequence of characters -(say, ``text'') -the command is: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBg/text/p -.R -.DE -The ``g'' instructs edit to -make a global search for all lines -in the buffer containing the characters ``text''. -The ``p'' prints the lines found. -.PP -To issue a global command, start by typing a ``g'' and then a search -pattern identifying -the lines to be affected. -Then, on the same line, type the command to be -executed for the identified lines. -Global substitutions are frequently useful. -For example, -to change all instances of the word ``text'' to the word ``material'' -the command would be a combination of the global search and the -substitute command: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBg/text/s/text/material/g -.R -.DE -Note the ``g'' at the end of the global command, -which instructs edit to change -each and every instance of ``text'' to ``material''. -If you do not type the ``g'' at the end of the command -only the -.I first -instance of ``text'' \fIin each line\fR will be changed -(the normal result of the substitute command). -The ``g'' at the end of the command is independent of the ``g'' -at the beginning. -You may give a command such as: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB5s/text/material/g -.R -.DE -to change every instance of ``text'' in line 5 alone. -Further, neither command will change ``text'' to ``material'' -if ``Text'' begins with a capital rather than a lower-case -.I t. -.PP -Edit does not automatically print the lines modified by a -global command. -If you want the lines to be printed, type a ``p'' -at the end of the global command: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBg/text/s/text/material/gp -.R -.DE -You should be careful -about using the global command in combination with any other \- -in essence, be sure of what you are telling edit to do -to the entire buffer. -For example, -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBg/ /d -.R -72 less lines in file after global -.DE -will delete every line containing a blank anywhere in it. -This could adversely affect -your document, since most lines have spaces between words -and thus would be deleted. -After executing the global command, -edit will print a warning if the command added or deleted more than one line. -Fortunately, the undo command can reverse -the effects of a global command. -You should experiment with the global command -on a small file of text to see what it can do for you. -.SH -More about searching and substituting -.PP -In using slashes to identify a character string -that we want to search for or change, -we have always specified the exact characters. -There is a less tedious way to -repeat the same string of characters. -To change ``text'' to ``texts'' we may type either -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB/text/s/text/texts/ -.R -.DE -as we have done in the past, -or a somewhat abbreviated command: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB/text/s//texts/ -.R -.DE -In this example, the characters to be changed -are not specified \- -there are no characters, not even a space, -between the two slash marks -that indicate what is to be changed. -This lack of characters between the slashes -is taken by the editor to mean -``use the characters we last searched for as the characters to be changed.'' -.PP -Similarly, the last context search may be repeated -by typing a pair of slashes with nothing between them: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB/does/ -.R -It doesn't mean much here, but -:\|\fB// -.R -it does illustrate the editor. -.DE -(You should note that the search command found the characters ``does'' -in the word ``doesn't'' in the first search request.) -Because no characters are specified for the second search, -the editor scans the buffer for the next occurrence of the -characters ``does''. -.PP -Edit normally searches forward through the buffer, -wrapping around from the end of the buffer to the beginning, -until the specified character string is found. -If you want to search in the reverse direction, -use question marks (?) instead of slashes -to surround the characters you are searching for. -.PP -It is also possible -to repeat the last substitution -without having to retype the entire command. -An ampersand (&) used as a command -repeats the most recent substitute command, -using the same search and replacement patterns. -After altering the current line by typing -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBs/text/texts/ -.R -.DE -you type -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB/text/& -.R -.DE -or simply -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB//& -.R -.DE -to make the same change on the next line in the buffer -containing the characters ``text''. -.SH -Special characters -.PP -Two characters have special meanings when -used in specifying searches: ``$'' and ``^''. -``$'' is taken by the editor to mean ``end of the line'' -and is used to identify strings -that occur at the end of a line. -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBg/text.$/s//material./p -.R -.DE -tells the editor to search for all lines ending in ``text.'' -(and nothing else, not even a blank space), -to change each final ``text.'' to ``material.'', -and print the changed lines. -.PP -The symbol ``^'' indicates the beginning of a line. -Thus, -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBs/^/1. / -.R -.DE -instructs the editor to insert ``1.'' and a space at the beginning -of the current line. -.PP -The characters ``$'' and ``^'' have special meanings only in the context -of searching. -At other times, they are ordinary characters. -If you ever need to search for a character that has a special meaning, -you must indicate that the -character is to lose temporarily -its special significance by typing another special character, -the backslash (\\), before it. -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBs/\\\\\&$/dollar/ -.R -.DE -looks for the character ``$'' in the current -line and replaces it by the word ``dollar''. -Were it not for the backslash, the ``$'' would have represented -``the end of the line'' in your search -rather than the character ``$''. -The backslash retains its special significance -unless it is preceded by another backslash. -.SH -Issuing \s-2UNIX\s0 commands from the editor -.PP -After creating several files with the editor, -you may want to delete files -no longer useful to you or ask for a list of your files. -Removing and listing files are not functions of the editor, -and so they require the use of \s-2UNIX\s0 system commands -(also referred to as ``shell'' commands, as -``shell'' is the name of the program that processes \s-2UNIX\s0 commands). -You do not need to quit the editor to execute a \s-2UNIX\s0 command -as long as you indicate that it -is to be sent to the shell for execution. -To use the \s-2UNIX\s0 command -.B rm -to remove the file named ``junk'' type: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB!rm junk -.R -! -: -.DE -The exclamation mark (!) -indicates that the rest of the line is to be processed as a shell command. -If the buffer contents have not been written since the last change, -a warning will be printed before the command is executed: -.DS I 1i -[No write since last change] -.DE -The editor prints a ``!'' when the command is completed. -Other tutorials describe useful features of the system, -of which an editor is only one part. -.SH -Filenames and file manipulation -.PP -Throughout each editing session, -edit keeps track of the name of the file being edited as the -.I "current filename." -Edit remembers as the current filename the name given -when you entered the editor. -The current filename changes whenever the edit (e) command -is used to specify a new file. -Once edit has recorded a current filename, -it inserts that name into any command where a filename has been omitted. -If a write command does not specify a file, -edit, as we have seen, supplies the current filename. -If you are editing a file named ``draft3'' having 283 lines in it, -you can have the editor write onto a different file -by including its name in the write command: -.DS I 1i -:\fB\|w chapter3 -.R -"chapter3" [new file] 283 lines, 8698 characters -.DE -The current filename remembered by the editor -.I -will not be changed as a result of the write command. -.R -Thus, if the next write command -does not specify a name, -edit will write onto the current file (``draft3'') -and not onto the file ``chapter3''. -.SH -The file (f) command -.PP -To ask for the current filename, type -.B file -(or -.B f ). -In response, the editor provides current information about the buffer, -including the filename, your current position, the number of -lines in the buffer, -and the percent of the distance through the file -your current location is. -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBf -.R -"text" [Modified] line 3 of 4 --75%-- -.DE -.\"The expression ``[Edited]'' indicates that the buffer contains -.\"either the editor's copy of the existing file ``text'' -.\"or a file which you are just now creating. -If the contents of the buffer have changed -since the last time the file was written, -the editor will tell you that the file has been ``[Modified]''. -After you save the changes by writing onto a disk file, -the buffer will no longer be considered modified: -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBw -.R -"text" 4 lines, 88 characters -:\|\fBf -.R -"text" line 3 of 4 --75%-- -.DE -.SH -Reading additional files (r) -.PP -The -\f3read (r)\f1 command allows you to add the contents of a file -to the buffer -at a specified location, -essentially copying new lines -between two existing lines. -To use it, specify the line after which the new text will be placed, -the \f3read (r)\f1 command, -and then the name of the file. -If you have a file named ``example'', the command -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB$r example -.R -"example" 18 lines, 473 characters -.DE -reads the file ``example'' -and adds it to the buffer after the last line. -The current filename is not changed by the read command. -.SH -Writing parts of the buffer -.PP -The -.B -write (w) -.R -command can write all or part of the buffer -to a file you specify. -We are already familiar with -writing the entire contents of the -buffer to a disk file. -To write only part of the buffer onto a file, -indicate the beginning and ending lines before the write command, -for example -.DS I 1i -:\|\fB45,$w ending -.R -.DE -Here all lines from 45 through the end of the buffer -are written onto the file named -.I ending. -The lines remain in the buffer -as part of the document you are editing, -and you may continue to edit the entire buffer. -Your original file is unaffected -by your command to write part of the buffer -to another file. -Edit still remembers whether you have saved changes to the buffer -in your original file or not. -.SH -Recovering files -.PP -Although it does not happen very often, -there are times \s-2UNIX\s+2 stops working -because of some malfunction. -This situation is known as a \fIcrash\fR. -Under most circumstances, -edit's crash recovery feature -is able to save work to within a few lines of changes -before a crash (or an accidental phone hang up). -If you lose the contents of an editing buffer in a system crash, -you will normally receive mail when you login that gives -the name of the recovered file. -To recover the file, -enter the editor and type the command -.B recover -(\fBrec\fR), -followed by the name of the lost file. -For example, -to recover the buffer for an edit session -involving the file ``chap6'', the command is: -.DS I 1i -.R -:\|\fBrecover chap6 -.R -.DE -Recover is sometimes unable to save the entire buffer successfully, -so always check the contents of the saved buffer carefully -before writing it back onto the original file. -For best results, -write the buffer to a new file temporarily -so you can examine it without risk to the original file. -Unfortunately, -you cannot use the recover command -to retrieve a file you removed -using the shell command \f3rm\f1. -.SH -Other recovery techniques -.PP -If something goes wrong when you are using the editor, -it may be possible to save your work by using the command -.B preserve -(\fBpre\fR), -which saves the buffer as if the system had crashed. -If you are writing a file and you get the message -``Quota exceeded'', you have tried to use more disk storage -than is allotted to your account. -.I -Proceed with caution -.R -because it is likely that only a part -of the editor's buffer is now present in the file you tried to write. -In this case you should use the shell escape from the editor (!) -to remove some files you don't need and try to write -the file again. -If this is not possible and you cannot find someone to help you, -enter the command -.DS I 1i -:\|\fBpreserve -.R -.DE -and wait for the reply, -.DS I 1i -File preserved. -.DE -If you do not receive this reply, -seek help immediately. -Do not simply leave the editor. -If you do, the buffer will be lost, -and you may not be able to save your file. -If the reply is ``File preserved.'' -you can leave the editor -(or logout) -to remedy the situation. -After a preserve, you can use the recover command -once the problem has been corrected, -or the \fB\-r\fR option of the edit command -if you leave the editor and want to return. -.PP -If you make an undesirable change to the buffer -and type a write command before discovering your mistake, -the modified version will replace any previous version of the file. -Should you ever lose a good version of a document in this way, -do not panic and leave the editor. -As long as you stay in the editor, -the contents of the buffer remain accessible. -Depending on the nature of the problem, -it may be possible -to restore the buffer to a more complete -state with the undo command. -After fixing the damaged buffer, you can again write the file -to disk. -.SH -Further reading and other information -.PP -Edit is an editor designed for beginning and casual users. -It is actually a version of a more powerful editor called -.I ex. -These lessons are intended to introduce you to the editor -and its more commonly-used commands. -We have not covered all of the editor's commands, -but a selection of commands -that should be sufficient to accomplish most of your editing tasks. -You can find out more about the editor in the -.I -Ex Reference Manual, -.R -which is applicable to both -.I ex -and -.I edit. -One way to become familiar with the manual is to begin by reading -the description of commands that you already know. -.bd I 3 -.SH -Using -.I ex -.fl -.bd I -.PP -As you become more experienced with using the editor, -you may still find that edit continues to meet your needs. -However, should you become interested in using -.I ex, -it is easy to switch. -To begin an editing session with -.I ex, -use the name -.B ex -in your command instead of -.B edit. -.PP -Edit commands also work in -.I ex, -but the editing environment is somewhat different. -You should be aware of a few differences -between -.I ex -and -.I edit. -In edit, only the characters ``^'', ``$'', and ``\\'' have -special meanings in searching the buffer -or indicating characters to be changed by a substitute command. -Several additional characters have special -meanings in ex, as described in the -.I -Ex Reference Manual. -.R -Another feature of the edit environment prevents users from -accidently entering two alternative modes of editing, -.I open -and -.I visual, -in which -the editor behaves quite differently from normal command mode. -If you are using ex and you encounter strange behavior, -you may have accidently entered open mode by typing ``o''. -Type the \s-2ESC\s0 key and then a ``Q'' -to get out of open or visual mode and back into -the regular editor command mode. -The document -.I -An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi\|\| -.R -provide full details of visual mode. -.bp -.SH -.ce 1 -\s+2Index\s0 -.LP -.sp 2 -.2C -.nf -addressing, \fIsee\fR line numbers -ampersand, 20 -append mode, 6-7 -append (a) command, 6, 7, 9 -``At end of file'' (message), 18 -backslash (\\), 21 -buffer, 3 -caret (^), 10, 20 -change (c) command, 18 -command mode, 5-6 -``Command not found'' (message), 6 -context search, 10-12, 19-21 -control characters (``^'' notation), 10 -control-H, 7 -copy (co) command, 15 -corrections, 7, 16 -current filename, 21 -current line (\|.\|), 11, 17 -delete (d) command, 15-16 -dial-up, 5 -disk, 3 -documentation, 3, 23 -dollar ($), 10, 11, 17, 20-21 -dot (\f3\|.\|\f1) 11, 17 -edit (text editor), 3, 5, 23 -edit (e) command, 5, 9, 14 -editing commands: -.in +.25i -append (a), 6, 7, 9 -change (c), 18 -copy (co), 15 -delete (d), 15-16 -edit (text editor), 3, 5, 23 -edit (e), 5, 9, 14 -file (f), 21-22 -global (g), 19 -move (m), 14-15 -number (nu), 11 -preserve (pre), 22-23 -print (p), 10 -quit (q), 8, 13 -read (r), 22 -recover (rec), 22, 23 -substitute (s), 11-12, 19, 20 -undo (u), 16-17, 23 -write (w), 8, 13, 21, 22 -z, 12-13 -! (shell escape), 21 -$=, 17 -+, 17 -\-, 17 -//, 12, 20 -??, 20 -\&., 11, 17 -\&.=, 11, 17 -.in -.25i -entering text, 3, 6-7 -erasing -.in +.25i -characters (^H), 7 -lines (@), 7 -.in -.25i -error corrections, 7, 16 -ex (text editor), 23 -\fIEx Reference Manual\fR, 23 -exclamation (!), 21 -file, 3 -file (f) command, 21-22 -file recovery, 22-23 -filename, 3, 21 -global (g) command, 19 -input mode, 6-7 -Interrupt (message), 9 -line numbers, \fIsee also\fR current line -.in +.25i -dollar sign ($), 10, 11, 17 -dot (\|.\|), 11, 17 -relative (+ and \-), 17 -.in -.25i -list, 10 -logging in, 4-6 -logging out, 8 -``Login incorrect'' (message), 5 -minus (\-), 17 -move (m) command, 14-15 -``Negative address\(emfirst buffer line is 1'' (message), 18 -``No current filename'' (message), 8 -``No such file or directory'' (message), 5, 6 -``No write since last change'' (message), 21 -non-printing characters, 10 -``Nonzero address required'' (message), 18 -``Not an editor command'' (message), 6 -``Not that many lines in buffer'' (message), 18 -number (nu) command, 11 -password, 5 -period (\|.\|), 11, 17 -plus (+), 17 -preserve (pre) command, 22-23 -print (p) command, 10 -program, 3 -prompts -.in .25i -% (\s-2UNIX\s0), 5 -: (edit), 5, 6, 7 -\0 (append), 7 -.in -.25i -question (?), 20 -quit (q) command, 8, 13 -read (r) command, 22 -recover (rec) command, 22, 23 -recovery, \fIsee\fR\| file recovery -references, 3, 23 -remove (rm) command, 21, 22 -reverse command effects (undo), 16-17, 23 -searching, 10-12, 19-21 -shell, 21 -shell escape (!), 21 -slash (/), 11-12, 20 -special characters (^, $, \\), 10, 11, 17, 20-21 -substitute (s) command, 11-12, 19, 20 -terminals, 4-5 -text input mode, 7 -undo (u) command, 16-17, 23 -\s-1UNIX\s0, 3 -write (w) command, 8, 13, 21, 22 -z command, 12-13 - diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/exref/Makefile b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/exref/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 5976e8e986f..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/exref/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# @(#)Makefile 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93 - -DIR= usd/13.ex -SRCS= ex.rm -EXTRA= ex.summary -MACROS= -msU -CLEANFILES=summary.* - -paper.ps: ${SRCS} summary.ps - ${ROFF} ${SRCS} > ${.TARGET} - -summary.ps: ex.summary - ${TBL} ex.summary | ${ROFF} > ${.TARGET} - -.include <bsd.doc.mk> diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/exref/ex.rm b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/exref/ex.rm deleted file mode 100644 index 79670c2cf66..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/exref/ex.rm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2230 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 -.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by the University of -.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. -.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors -.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -.\" without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" @(#)ex.rm 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93 -.\" -.EH 'USD:13-%''Ex Reference Manual' -.OH 'Ex Reference Manual''USD:13-%' -.de ZP -.nr pd \\n()P -.nr )P 0 -.if \\n(.$=0 .IP -.if \\n(.$=1 .IP "\\$1" -.if \\n(.$>=2 .IP "\\$1" "\\$2" -.nr )P \\n(pd -.rm pd -.. -.de LC -.br -.sp .1i -.ne 4 -.LP -.ta 4.0i -.. -.bd S B 3 -.\".RP -.TL -Ex Reference Manual -.br -Version 3.7 -.AU -William Joy -.AU -Mark Horton -.AI -Computer Science Division -Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science -University of California, Berkeley -Berkeley, Ca. 94720 -.AB -.I Ex -a line oriented text editor, which supports both command and display -oriented editing. -This reference manual describes the command oriented part of -.I ex; -the display editing features of -.I ex -are described in -.I "An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi." -Other documents about the editor include the introduction -.I "Edit: A tutorial", -the -.I "Ex/edit Command Summary", -and a -.I "Vi Quick Reference" -card. -.AE -.NH 1 -Starting ex -.PP -.FS -The financial support of an \s-2IBM\s0 Graduate Fellowship and the National -Science Foundation under grants MCS74-07644-A03 and MCS78-07291 is gratefully -acknowledged. -.FE -Each instance of the editor has a set of options, -which can be set to tailor it to your liking. -The command -.I edit -invokes a version of -.I ex -designed for more casual or beginning -users by changing the default settings of some of these options. -To simplify the description which follows we -assume the default settings of the options. -.PP -When invoked, -.I ex -determines the terminal type from the \s-2TERM\s0 variable in the environment. -It there is a \s-2TERMCAP\s0 variable in the environment, and the type -of the terminal described there matches the \s-2TERM\s0 variable, -then that description -is used. Also if the \s-2TERMCAP\s0 variable contains a pathname (beginning -with a \fB/\fR) then the editor will seek the description of the terminal -in that file (rather than the default /etc/termcap). -If there is a variable \s-2EXINIT\s0 in the environment, then the editor -will execute the commands in that variable, -otherwise if there is a file -.I \&.exrc -in your \s-2HOME\s0 directory -.I ex -reads commands from that file, simulating a -.I source -command. -Option setting commands placed in -\s-2EXINIT\s0 or -.I \&.exrc -will be executed before each editor session. -.PP -A command to enter -.I ex -has the following prototype:\(dg -.FS -\(dg Brackets `[' `]' surround optional parameters here. -.FE -.DS -\fBex\fP [ \fB\-\fP ] [ \fB\-v\fP ] [ \fB\-t\fP \fItag\fP ] [ \fB\-r\fP ] [ \fB\-l\fP ] [ \fB\-w\fP\fIn\fP ] [ \fB\-x\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP ] [ \fB+\fP\fIcommand\fP ] name ... -.DE -The most common case edits a single file with no options, i.e.: -.DS -\fBex\fR name -.DE -The -.B \- -command line option -option suppresses all interactive-user feedback -and is useful in processing editor scripts in command files. -The -.B \-v -option is equivalent to using -.I vi -rather than -.I ex. -The -.B \-t -option is equivalent to an initial -.I tag -command, editing the file containing the -.I tag -and positioning the editor at its definition. -The -.B \-r -option is used in recovering after an editor or system crash, -retrieving the last saved version of the named file or, -if no file is specified, -typing a list of saved files. -The -.B \-l -option sets up for editing \s-2LISP\s0, setting the -.I showmatch -and -.I lisp -options. -The -.B \-w -option sets the default window size to -.I n, -and is useful on dialups to start in small windows. -The -.B \-x -option causes -.I ex -to prompt for a -.I key , -which is used to encrypt and decrypt the contents of the file, -which should already be encrypted using the same key, -see -.I crypt (1). -The -.B \-R -option sets the -.I readonly -option at the start. -.I Name -arguments indicate files to be edited. -An argument of the form -\fB+\fIcommand\fR -indicates that the editor should begin by executing the specified command. -If -.I command -is omitted, then it defaults to ``$'', positioning the editor at the last -line of the first file initially. Other useful commands here are scanning -patterns of the form ``/pat'' or line numbers, e.g. ``+100'' starting -at line 100. -.NH 1 -File manipulation -.NH 2 -Current file -.PP -.I Ex -is normally editing the contents of a single file, -whose name is recorded in the -.I current -file name. -.I Ex -performs all editing actions in a buffer -(actually a temporary file) -into which the text of the file is initially read. -Changes made to the buffer have no effect on the file being -edited unless and until the buffer contents are written out to the -file with a -.I write -command. -After the buffer contents are written, -the previous contents of the written file are no longer accessible. -When a file is edited, -its name becomes the current file name, -and its contents are read into the buffer. -.PP -The current file is almost always considered to be -.I edited. -This means that the contents of the buffer are logically -connected with the current file name, -so that writing the current buffer contents onto that file, -even if it exists, -is a reasonable action. -If the current file is not -.I edited -then -.I ex -will not normally write on it if it already exists.* -.FS -* The -.I file -command will say ``[Not edited]'' if the current file is not considered -edited. -.FE -.NH 2 -Alternate file -.PP -Each time a new value is given to the current file name, -the previous current file name is saved as the -.I alternate -file name. -Similarly if a file is mentioned but does not become the current file, -it is saved as the alternate file name. -.NH 2 -Filename expansion -.PP -Filenames within the editor may be specified using the normal -shell expansion conventions. -In addition, -the character `%' in filenames is replaced by the -.I current -file name and the character -`#' by the -.I alternate -file name.\(dg -.FS -\(dg This makes it easy to deal alternately with -two files and eliminates the need for retyping the -name supplied on an -.I edit -command after a -.I "No write since last change" -diagnostic is received. -.FE -.NH 2 -Multiple files and named buffers -.PP -If more than one file is given on the command line, -then the first file is edited as described above. -The remaining arguments are placed with the first file in the -.I "argument list." -The current argument list may be displayed with the -.I args -command. -The next file in the argument list may be edited with the -.I next -command. -The argument list may also be respecified by specifying -a list of names to the -.I next -command. -These names are expanded, -the resulting list of names becomes the new argument list, -and -.I ex -edits the first file on the list. -.PP -For saving blocks of text while editing, and especially when editing -more than one file, -.I ex -has a group of named buffers. -These are similar to the normal buffer, except that only a limited number -of operations are available on them. -The buffers have names -.I a -through -.I z.\(dd -.FS -\(dd It is also possible to refer to -.I A -through -.I Z; -the upper case buffers are the same as the lower but commands -append to named buffers rather than replacing -if upper case names are used. -.FE -.NH 2 -Read only -.PP -It is possible to use -.I ex -in -.I "read only" -mode to look at files that you have no intention of modifying. -This mode protects you from accidently overwriting the file. -Read only mode is on when the -.I readonly -option is set. -It can be turned on with the -.B \-R -command line option, -by the -.I view -command line invocation, -or by setting the -.I readonly -option. -It can be cleared by setting -.I noreadonly . -It is possible to write, even while in read only mode, by indicating -that you really know what you are doing. -You can write to a different file, or can use the ! form of write, -even while in read only mode. -.NH 1 -Exceptional Conditions -.NH 2 -Errors and interrupts -.PP -When errors occur -.I ex -(optionally) rings the terminal bell and, in any case, prints an error -diagnostic. If the primary input is from a file, editor processing -will terminate. If an interrupt signal is received, -.I ex -prints ``Interrupt'' and returns to its command level. If the primary -input is a file, then -.I ex -will exit when this occurs. -.NH 2 -Recovering from hangups and crashes -.PP -If a hangup signal is received and the buffer has been modified since -it was last written out, or if the system crashes, either the editor -(in the first case) or the system (after it reboots in the second) will -attempt to preserve the buffer. The next time you log in you should be -able to recover the work you were doing, losing at most a few lines of -changes from the last point before the hangup or editor crash. To -recover a file you can use the -.B \-r -option. If you were editing the file -.I resume, -then you should change -to the directory where you were when the crash occurred, giving the command -.DS -\fBex \-r\fP\fI resume\fP -.DE -After checking that the retrieved file is indeed ok, you can -.I write -it over the previous contents of that file. -.PP -You will normally get mail from the system telling you when a file has -been saved after a crash. The command -.DS -\fBex\fP \-\fBr\fP -.DE -will print a list of the files which have been saved for you. -(In the case of a hangup, -the file will not appear in the list, -although it can be recovered.) -.NH 1 -Editing modes -.PP -.I Ex -has five distinct modes. The primary mode is -.I command -mode. Commands are entered in command mode when a `:' prompt is -present, and are executed each time a complete line is sent. In -.I "text input" -mode -.I ex -gathers input lines and places them in the file. The -.I append, -.I insert, -and -.I change -commands use text input mode. -No prompt is printed when you are in text input mode. -This mode is left by typing a `.' alone at the beginning of a line, and -.I command -mode resumes. -.PP -The last three modes are -.I open -and -.I visual -modes, entered by the commands of the same name, and, within open and -visual modes -.I "text insertion" -mode. -.I Open -and -.I visual -modes allow local editing operations to be performed on the text in the -file. The -.I open -command displays one line at a time on any terminal while -.I visual -works on \s-2CRT\s0 terminals with random positioning cursors, using the -screen as a (single) window for file editing changes. -These modes are described (only) in -.I "An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi." -.NH -Command structure -.PP -Most command names are English words, -and initial prefixes of the words are acceptable abbreviations. -The ambiguity of abbreviations is resolved in favor of the more commonly -used commands.* -.FS -* As an example, the command -.I substitute -can be abbreviated `s' -while the shortest available abbreviation for the -.I set -command is `se'. -.FE -.NH 2 -Command parameters -.PP -Most commands accept prefix addresses specifying the lines in the file -upon which they are to have effect. -The forms of these addresses will be discussed below. -A number of commands also may take a trailing -.I count -specifying the number of lines to be involved in the command.\(dg -.FS -\(dg Counts are rounded down if necessary. -.FE -Thus the command ``10p'' will print the tenth line in the buffer while -``delete 5'' will delete five lines from the buffer, -starting with the current line. -.PP -Some commands take other information or parameters, -this information always being given after the command name.\(dd -.FS -\(dd Examples would be option names in a -.I set -command i.e. ``set number'', -a file name in an -.I edit -command, -a regular expression in a -.I substitute -command, -or a target address for a -.I copy -command, i.e. ``1,5 copy 25''. -.FE -.NH 2 -Command variants -.PP -A number of commands have two distinct variants. -The variant form of the command is invoked by placing an -`!' immediately after the command name. -Some of the default variants may be controlled by options; -in this case, the `!' serves to toggle the default. -.NH 2 -Flags after commands -.PP -The characters `#', `p' and `l' may be placed after many commands.** -.FS -** -A `p' or `l' must be preceded by a blank or tab -except in the single special case `dp'. -.FE -In this case, the command abbreviated by these characters -is executed after the command completes. -Since -.I ex -normally prints the new current line after each change, `p' is rarely necessary. -Any number of `+' or `\-' characters may also be given with these flags. -If they appear, the specified offset is applied to the current line -value before the printing command is executed. -.NH 2 -Comments -.PP -It is possible to give editor commands which are ignored. -This is useful when making complex editor scripts -for which comments are desired. -The comment character is the double quote: ". -Any command line beginning with " is ignored. -Comments beginning with " may also be placed at the ends -of commands, except in cases where they could be confused as part -of text (shell escapes and the substitute and map commands). -.NH 2 -Multiple commands per line -.PP -More than one command may be placed on a line by separating each pair -of commands by a `|' character. -However the -.I global -commands, -comments, -and the shell escape `!' -must be the last command on a line, as they are not terminated by a `|'. -.NH 2 -Reporting large changes -.PP -Most commands which change the contents of the editor buffer give -feedback if the scope of the change exceeds a threshold given by the -.I report -option. -This feedback helps to detect undesirably large changes so that they may -be quickly and easily reversed with an -.I undo. -After commands with more global effect such as -.I global -or -.I visual, -you will be informed if the net change in the number of lines -in the buffer during this command exceeds this threshold. -.NH 1 -Command addressing -.NH 2 -Addressing primitives -.IP \fB.\fR 20 -The current line. -Most commands leave the current line as the last line which they affect. -The default address for most commands is the current line, -thus `\fB.\fR' is rarely used alone as an address. -.IP \fIn\fR 20 -The \fIn\fRth line in the editor's buffer, lines being numbered -sequentially from 1. -.IP \fB$\fR 20 -The last line in the buffer. -.IP \fB%\fR 20 -An abbreviation for ``1,$'', the entire buffer. -.IP \fI+n\fR\ \fI\-n\fR 20 -An offset relative to the current buffer line.\(dg -.FS -\(dg -The forms `.+3' `+3' and `+++' are all equivalent; -if the current line is line 100 they all address line 103. -.FE -.IP \fB/\fIpat\fR\fB/\fR\ \fB?\fIpat\fR\fB?\fR 20 -Scan forward and backward respectively for a line containing \fIpat\fR, a -regular expression (as defined below). The scans normally wrap around the end -of the buffer. -If all that is desired is to print the next line containing \fIpat\fR, then -the trailing \fB/\fR or \fB?\fR may be omitted. -If \fIpat\fP is omitted or explicitly empty, then the last -regular expression specified is located.\(dd -.FS -\(dd The forms \fB\e/\fP and \fB\e?\fP scan -using the last regular expression used in a scan; after a substitute -\fB//\fP and \fB??\fP would scan using the substitute's regular expression. -.FE -.IP \fB\(aa\(aa\fP\ \fB\(aa\fP\fIx\fP 20 -Before each non-relative motion of the current line `\fB.\fP', -the previous current line is marked with a tag, subsequently referred to as -`\(aa\(aa'. -This makes it easy to refer or return to this previous context. -Marks may also be established by the -.I mark -command, using single lower case letters -.I x -and the marked lines referred to as -`\(aa\fIx\fR'. -.NH 2 -Combining addressing primitives -.PP -Addresses to commands consist of a series of addressing primitives, -separated by `,' or `;'. -Such address lists are evaluated left-to-right. -When addresses are separated by `;' the current line `\fB.\fR' -is set to the value of the previous addressing expression -before the next address is interpreted. -If more addresses are given than the command requires, -then all but the last one or two are ignored. -If the command takes two addresses, the first addressed line must -precede the second in the buffer.\(dg -.FS -\(dg Null address specifications are permitted in a list of addresses, -the default in this case is the current line `.'; -thus `,100' is equivalent to `\fB.\fR,100'. -It is an error to give a prefix address to a command which expects none. -.FE -.NH 1 -Command descriptions -.PP -The following form is a prototype for all -.I ex -commands: -.DS -\fIaddress\fR \fBcommand\fR \fI! parameters count flags\fR -.DE -All parts are optional; the degenerate case is the empty command which prints -the next line in the file. For sanity with use from within -.I visual -mode, -.I ex -ignores a ``:'' preceding any command. -.PP -In the following command descriptions, the -default addresses are shown in parentheses, -which are -.I not, -however, -part of the command. -.LC -\fBabbreviate\fR \fIword rhs\fP abbr: \fBab\fP -.ZP -Add the named abbreviation to the current list. -When in input mode in visual, if -.I word -is typed as a complete word, it will be changed to -.I rhs . -.LC -( \fB.\fR ) \fBappend\fR abbr: \fBa\fR -.br -\fItext\fR -.br -\&\fB.\fR -.ZP -Reads the input text and places it after the specified line. -After the command, `\fB.\fR' -addresses the last line input or the -specified line if no lines were input. -If address `0' is given, -text is placed at the beginning of the buffer. -.LC -\fBa!\fR -.br -\fItext\fR -.br -\&\fB.\fR -.ZP -The variant flag to -.I append -toggles the setting for the -.I autoindent -option during the input of -.I text. -.LC -\fBargs\fR -.ZP -The members of the argument list are printed, with the current argument -delimited by `[' and `]'. -.ig -.PP -\fBcd\fR \fIdirectory\fR -.ZP -The -.I cd -command is a synonym for -.I chdir. -.. -.LC -( \fB.\fP , \fB.\fP ) \fBchange\fP \fIcount\fP abbr: \fBc\fP -.br -\fItext\fP -.br -\&\fB.\fP -.ZP -Replaces the specified lines with the input \fItext\fP. -The current line becomes the last line input; -if no lines were input it is left as for a -\fIdelete\fP. -.LC -\fBc!\fP -.br -\fItext\fP -.br -\&\fB.\fP -.ZP -The variant toggles -.I autoindent -during the -.I change. -.ig -.LC -\fBchdir\fR \fIdirectory\fR -.ZP -The specified \fIdirectory\fR becomes the current directory. -If no directory is specified, the current value of the -.I home -option is used as the target directory. -After a -.I chdir -the current file is not considered to have been -edited so that write restrictions on pre-existing files apply. -.. -.LC -( \fB.\fP , \fB.\fP )\|\fBcopy\fP \fIaddr\fP \fIflags\fP abbr: \fBco\fP -.ZP -A -.I copy -of the specified lines is placed after -.I addr, -which may be `0'. -The current line -`\fB.\fR' -addresses the last line of the copy. -The command -.I t -is a synonym for -.I copy. -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR )\|\fBdelete\fR \fIbuffer\fR \fIcount\fR \fIflags\fR abbr: \fBd\fR -.ZP -Removes the specified lines from the buffer. -The line after the last line deleted becomes the current line; -if the lines deleted were originally at the end, -the new last line becomes the current line. -If a named -.I buffer -is specified by giving a letter, -then the specified lines are saved in that buffer, -or appended to it if an upper case letter is used. -.LC -\fBedit\fR \fIfile\fR abbr: \fBe\fR -.br -\fBex\fR \fIfile\fR -.ZP -Used to begin an editing session on a new file. -The editor -first checks to see if the buffer has been modified since the last -.I write -command was issued. -If it has been, -a warning is issued and the -command is aborted. -The -command otherwise deletes the entire contents of the editor buffer, -makes the named file the current file and prints the new filename. -After insuring that this file is sensible\(dg -.FS -\(dg I.e., that it is not a binary file such as a directory, -a block or character special file other than -.I /dev/tty, -a terminal, -or a binary or executable file -(as indicated by the first word). -.FE -the editor reads the file into its buffer. -.IP -If the read of the file completes without error, -the number of lines and characters read is typed. -If there were any non-\s-2ASCII\s0 characters -in the file they are stripped of their non-\s-2ASCII\s0 -high bits, -and any null characters in the file are discarded. -If none of these errors occurred, the file is considered -.I edited. -If the last line of the input file is missing the trailing -newline character, it will be supplied and a complaint will be issued. -This command leaves the current line `\fB.\fR' at the last line read.\(dd -.FS -\(dd If executed from within -.I open -or -.I visual, -the current line is initially the first line of the file. -.FE -.LC -\fBe!\fR \fIfile\fR -.ZP -The variant form suppresses the complaint about modifications having -been made and not written from the editor buffer, thus -discarding all changes which have been made before editing the new file. -.LC -\fBe\fR \fB+\fIn\fR \fIfile\fR -.ZP -Causes the editor to begin at line -.I n -rather than at the last line; -\fIn\fR may also be an editor command containing no spaces, e.g.: ``+/pat''. -.LC -\fBfile\fR abbr: \fBf\fR -.ZP -Prints the current file name, -whether it has been `[Modified]' since the last -.I write -command, -whether it is -.I "read only" , -the current line, -the number of lines in the buffer, -and the percentage of the way through the buffer of the current line.* -.FS -* In the rare case that the current file is `[Not edited]' this is -noted also; in this case you have to use the form \fBw!\fR to write to -the file, since the editor is not sure that a \fBwrite\fR will not -destroy a file unrelated to the current contents of the buffer. -.FE -.LC -\fBfile\fR \fIfile\fR -.ZP -The current file name is changed to -.I file -which is considered -`[Not edited]'. -.LC -( 1 , $ ) \fBglobal\fR /\fIpat\|\fR/ \fIcmds\fR abbr: \fBg\fR -.ZP -First marks each line among those specified which matches -the given regular expression. -Then the given command list is executed with `\fB.\fR' initially -set to each marked line. -.IP -The command list consists of the remaining commands on the current -input line and may continue to multiple lines by ending all but the -last such line with a `\e'. -If -.I cmds -(and possibly the trailing \fB/\fR delimiter) is omitted, each line matching -.I pat -is printed. -.I Append, -.I insert, -and -.I change -commands and associated input are permitted; -the `\fB.\fR' terminating input may be omitted if it would be on the -last line of the command list. -.I Open -and -.I visual -commands are permitted in the command list and take input from the terminal. -.IP -The -.I global -command itself may not appear in -.I cmds. -The -.I undo -command is also not permitted there, -as -.I undo -instead can be used to reverse the entire -.I global -command. -The options -.I autoprint -and -.I autoindent -are inhibited during a -.I global, -(and possibly the trailing \fB/\fR delimiter) and the value of the -.I report -option is temporarily infinite, -in deference to a \fIreport\fR for the entire global. -Finally, the context mark `\'\'' is set to the value of -`.' before the global command begins and is not changed during a global -command, -except perhaps by an -.I open -or -.I visual -within the -.I global. -.LC -\fBg!\fR \fB/\fIpat\fB/\fR \fIcmds\fR abbr: \fBv\fR -.IP -The variant form of \fIglobal\fR runs \fIcmds\fR at each line not matching -\fIpat\fR. -.LC -( \fB.\fR )\|\fBinsert\fR abbr: \fBi\fR -.br -\fItext\fR -.br -\&\fB.\fR -.ZP -Places the given text before the specified line. -The current line is left at the last line input; -if there were none input it is left at the line before the addressed line. -This command differs from -.I append -only in the placement of text. -.KS -.LC -\fBi!\fR -.br -\fItext\fR -.br -\&\fB.\fR -.ZP -The variant toggles -.I autoindent -during the -.I insert. -.KE -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR+1 ) \fBjoin\fR \fIcount\fR \fIflags\fR abbr: \fBj\fR -.ZP -Places the text from a specified range of lines -together on one line. -White space is adjusted at each junction to provide at least -one blank character, two if there was a `\fB.\fR' at the end of the line, -or none if the first following character is a `)'. -If there is already white space at the end of the line, -then the white space at the start of the next line will be discarded. -.LC -\fBj!\fR -.ZP -The variant causes a simpler -.I join -with no white space processing; the characters in the lines are simply -concatenated. -.LC -( \fB.\fR ) \fBk\fR \fIx\fR -.ZP -The -.I k -command is a synonym for -.I mark. -It does not require a blank or tab before the following letter. -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR ) \fBlist\fR \fIcount\fR \fIflags\fR -.ZP -Prints the specified lines in a more unambiguous way: -tabs are printed as `^I' -and the end of each line is marked with a trailing `$'. -The current line is left at the last line printed. -.LC -\fBmap\fR \fIlhs\fR \fIrhs\fR -.ZP -The -.I map -command is used to define macros for use in -.I visual -mode. -.I Lhs -should be a single character, or the sequence ``#n'', for n a digit, -referring to function key \fIn\fR. When this character or function key -is typed in -.I visual -mode, it will be as though the corresponding \fIrhs\fR had been typed. -On terminals without function keys, you can type ``#n''. -See section 6.9 of the ``Introduction to Display Editing with Vi'' -for more details. -.LC -( \fB.\fR ) \fBmark\fR \fIx\fR -.ZP -Gives the specified line mark -.I x, -a single lower case letter. -The -.I x -must be preceded by a blank or a tab. -The addressing form `\'x' then addresses this line. -The current line is not affected by this command. -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR ) \fBmove\fR \fIaddr\fR abbr: \fBm\fR -.ZP -The -.I move -command repositions the specified lines to be after -.I addr . -The first of the moved lines becomes the current line. -.LC -\fBnext\fR abbr: \fBn\fR -.ZP -The next file from the command line argument list is edited. -.LC -\fBn!\fR -.ZP -The variant suppresses warnings about the modifications to the buffer not -having been written out, discarding (irretrievably) any changes which may -have been made. -.LC -\fBn\fR \fIfilelist\fR -.br -\fBn\fR \fB+\fIcommand\fR \fIfilelist\fR -.ZP -The specified -.I filelist -is expanded and the resulting list replaces the -current argument list; -the first file in the new list is then edited. -If -.I command -is given (it must contain no spaces), then it is executed after editing the first such file. -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR ) \fBnumber\fR \fIcount\fR \fIflags\fR abbr: \fB#\fR or \fBnu\fR -.ZP -Prints each specified line preceded by its buffer line -number. -The current line is left at the last line printed. -.KS -.LC -( \fB.\fR ) \fBopen\fR \fIflags\fR abbr: \fBo\fR -.br -( \fB.\fR ) \fBopen\fR /\fIpat\|\fR/ \fIflags\fR -.ZP -Enters intraline editing \fIopen\fR mode at each addressed line. -If -.I pat -is given, -then the cursor will be placed initially at the beginning of the -string matched by the pattern. -To exit this mode use Q. -See -.I "An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi" -for more details. -.KE -.LC -\fBpreserve\fR -.ZP -The current editor buffer is saved as though the system had just crashed. -This command is for use only in emergencies when a -.I write -command has resulted in an error and you don't know how to save your work. -After a -.I preserve -you should seek help. -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR )\|\fBprint\fR \fIcount\fR abbr: \fBp\fR or \fBP\fR -.ZP -Prints the specified lines -with non-printing characters printed as control characters `^\fIx\fR\|'; -delete (octal 177) is represented as `^?'. -The current line is left at the last line printed. -.LC -( \fB.\fR )\|\fBput\fR \fIbuffer\fR abbr: \fBpu\fR -.ZP -Puts back -previously -.I deleted -or -.I yanked -lines. -Normally used with -.I delete -to effect movement of lines, -or with -.I yank -to effect duplication of lines. -If no -.I buffer -is specified, then the last -.I deleted -or -.I yanked -text is restored.* -.FS -* But no modifying commands may intervene between the -.I delete -or -.I yank -and the -.I put, -nor may lines be moved between files without using a named buffer. -.FE -By using a named buffer, text may be restored that was saved there at any -previous time. -.LC -\fBquit\fR abbr: \fBq\fR -.ZP -Causes -.I ex -to terminate. -No automatic write of the editor buffer to a file is performed. -However, -.I ex -issues a warning message if the file has changed -since the last -.I write -command was issued, and does not -.I quit.\(dg -.FS -\(dg \fIEx\fR -will also issue a diagnostic if there are more files in the argument -list. -.FE -Normally, you will wish to save your changes, and you -should give a \fIwrite\fR command; -if you wish to discard them, use the \fBq!\fR command variant. -.LC -\fBq!\fR -.ZP -Quits from the editor, discarding changes to the buffer without complaint. -.LC -( \fB.\fR ) \fBread\fR \fIfile\fR abbr: \fBr\fR -.ZP -Places a copy of the text of the given file in the -editing buffer after the specified line. -If no -.I file -is given the current file name is used. -The current file name is not changed unless there is none in which -case -.I file -becomes the current name. -The sensibility restrictions for the -.I edit -command apply here also. -If the file buffer is empty and there is no current name then -.I ex -treats this as an -.I edit -command. -.IP -Address `0' is legal for this command and causes the file to be read at -the beginning of the buffer. -Statistics are given as for the -.I edit -command when the -.I read -successfully terminates. -After a -.I read -the current line is the last line read.\(dd -.FS -\(dd Within -.I open -and -.I visual -the current line is set to the first line read rather than the last. -.FE -.LC -( \fB.\fR ) \fBread\fR \fB!\fR\fIcommand\fR -.ZP -Reads the output of the command -.I command -into the buffer after the specified line. -This is not a variant form of the command, rather a read -specifying a -.I command -rather than a -.I filename; -a blank or tab before the \fB!\fR is mandatory. -.LC -\fBrecover \fIfile\fR -.ZP -Recovers -.I file -from the system save area. -Used after a accidental hangup of the phone** -.FS -** The system saves a copy of the file you were editing only if you -have made changes to the file. -.FE -or a system crash** or -.I preserve -command. -Except when you use -.I preserve -you will be notified by mail when a file is saved. -.LC -\fBrewind\fR abbr: \fBrew\fR -.ZP -The argument list is rewound, and the first file in the list is edited. -.LC -\fBrew!\fR -.ZP -Rewinds the argument list discarding any changes made to the current buffer. -.LC -\fBset\fR \fIparameter\fR -.ZP -With no arguments, prints those options whose values have been -changed from their defaults; -with parameter -.I all -it prints all of the option values. -.IP -Giving an option name followed by a `?' -causes the current value of that option to be printed. -The `?' is unnecessary unless the option is Boolean valued. -Boolean options are given values either by the form -`set \fIoption\fR' to turn them on or -`set no\fIoption\fR' to turn them off; -string and numeric options are assigned via the form -`set \fIoption\fR=value'. -.IP -More than one parameter may be given to -.I set \|; -they are interpreted left-to-right. -.LC -\fBshell\fR abbr: \fBsh\fR -.IP -A new shell is created. -When it terminates, editing resumes. -.LC -\fBsource\fR \fIfile\fR abbr: \fBso\fR -.IP -Reads and executes commands from the specified file. -.I Source -commands may be nested. -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR ) \fBsubstitute\fR /\fIpat\fR\|/\fIrepl\fR\|/ \fIoptions\fR \fIcount\fR \fIflags\fR abbr: \fBs\fR -.IP -On each specified line, the first instance of pattern -.I pat -is replaced by replacement pattern -.I repl. -If the -.I global -indicator option character `g' -appears, then all instances are substituted; -if the -.I confirm -indication character `c' appears, -then before each substitution the line to be substituted -is typed with the string to be substituted marked -with `\(ua' characters. -By typing an `y' one can cause the substitution to be performed, -any other input causes no change to take place. -After a -.I substitute -the current line is the last line substituted. -.IP -Lines may be split by substituting -new-line characters into them. -The newline in -.I repl -must be escaped by preceding it with a `\e'. -Other metacharacters available in -.I pat -and -.I repl -are described below. -.LC -.B stop -.ZP -Suspends the editor, returning control to the top level shell. -If -.I autowrite -is set and there are unsaved changes, -a write is done first unless the form -.B stop ! -is used. -This commands is only available where supported by the teletype driver -and operating system. -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR ) \fBsubstitute\fR \fIoptions\fR \fIcount\fR \fIflags\fR abbr: \fBs\fR -.ZP -If -.I pat -and -.I repl -are omitted, then the last substitution is repeated. -This is a synonym for the -.B & -command. -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR ) \fBt\fR \fIaddr\fR \fIflags\fR -.ZP -The -.I t -command is a synonym for -.I copy . -.LC -\fBta\fR \fItag\fR -.ZP -The focus of editing switches to the location of -.I tag, -switching to a different line in the current file where it is defined, -or if necessary to another file.\(dd -.FS -\(dd If you have modified the current file before giving a -.I tag -command, you must write it out; giving another -.I tag -command, specifying no -.I tag -will reuse the previous tag. -.FE -.IP -The tags file is normally created by a program such as -.I ctags, -and consists of a number of lines with three fields separated by blanks -or tabs. The first field gives the name of the tag, -the second the name of the file where the tag resides, and the third -gives an addressing form which can be used by the editor to find the tag; -this field is usually a contextual scan using `/\fIpat\fR/' to be immune -to minor changes in the file. Such scans are always performed as if -.I nomagic -was set. -.PP -The tag names in the tags file must be sorted alphabetically. -.LC -\fBunabbreviate\fR \fIword\fP abbr: \fBuna\fP -.ZP -Delete -.I word -from the list of abbreviations. -.LC -\fBundo\fR abbr: \fBu\fR -.ZP -Reverses the changes made in the buffer by the last -buffer editing command. -Note that -.I global -commands are considered a single command for the purpose of -.I undo -(as are -.I open -and -.I visual.) -Also, the commands -.I write -and -.I edit -which interact with the -file system cannot be undone. -.I Undo -is its own inverse. -.IP -.I Undo -always marks the previous value of the current line `\fB.\fR' -as `\'\''. -After an -.I undo -the current line is the first line restored -or the line before the first line deleted if no lines were restored. -For commands with more global effect -such as -.I global -and -.I visual -the current line regains it's pre-command value after an -.I undo. -.LC -\fBunmap\fR \fIlhs\fR -.ZP -The macro expansion associated by -.I map -for -.I lhs -is removed. -.LC -( 1 , $ ) \fBv\fR /\fIpat\fR\|/ \fIcmds\fR -.ZP -A synonym for the -.I global -command variant \fBg!\fR, running the specified \fIcmds\fR on each -line which does not match \fIpat\fR. -.LC -\fBversion\fR abbr: \fBve\fR -.ZP -Prints the current version number of the editor -as well as the date the editor was last changed. -.LC -( \fB.\fR ) \fBvisual\fR \fItype\fR \fIcount\fR \fIflags\fR abbr: \fBvi\fR -.ZP -Enters visual mode at the specified line. -.I Type -is optional and may be `\-' , `\(ua' or `\fB.\fR' -as in the -.I z -command to specify the placement of the specified line on the screen. -By default, if -.I type -is omitted, the specified line is placed as the first on the screen. -A -.I count -specifies an initial window size; the default is the value of the option -.I window. -See the document -.I "An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi" -for more details. -To exit this mode, type Q. -.LC -\fBvisual\fP file -.br -\fBvisual\fP +\fIn\fP file -.ZP -From visual mode, -this command is the same as edit. -.LC -( 1 , $ ) \fBwrite\fR \fIfile\fR abbr: \fBw\fR -.ZP -Writes changes made back to \fIfile\fR, printing the number of lines and -characters written. -Normally \fIfile\fR is omitted and the text goes back where it came from. -If a \fIfile\fR is specified, then text will be written to that file.* -.FS -* The editor writes to a file only if it is -the current file and is -.I edited , -if the file does not exist, -or if the file is actually a teletype, -.I /dev/tty, -.I /dev/null. -Otherwise, you must give the variant form \fBw!\fR to force the write. -.FE -If the file does not exist it is created. -The current file name is changed only if there is no current file -name; the current line is never changed. -.IP -If an error occurs while writing the current and -.I edited -file, the editor -considers that there has been ``No write since last change'' -even if the buffer had not previously been modified. -.LC -( 1 , $ ) \fBwrite>>\fR \fIfile\fR abbr: \fBw>>\fR -.ZP -Writes the buffer contents at the end of -an existing file. -.IP -.LC -\fBw!\fR \fIname\fR -.ZP -Overrides the checking of the normal \fIwrite\fR command, -and will write to any file which the system permits. -.LC -( 1 , $ ) \fBw\fR \fB!\fR\fIcommand\fR -.ZP -Writes the specified lines into -.I command. -Note the difference between \fBw!\fR which overrides checks and -\fBw\ \ !\fR which writes to a command. -.LC -\fBwq\fR \fIname\fR -.ZP -Like a \fIwrite\fR and then a \fIquit\fR command. -.LC -\fBwq!\fR \fIname\fR -.ZP -The variant overrides checking on the sensibility of the -.I write -command, as \fBw!\fR does. -.LC -\fBxit\fP \fIname\fR -.ZP -If any changes have been made and not written, writes the buffer out. -Then, in any case, quits. -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR )\|\fByank\fR \fIbuffer\fR \fIcount\fR abbr: \fBya\fR -.ZP -Places the specified lines in the named -.I buffer, -for later retrieval via -.I put. -If no buffer name is specified, the lines go to a more volatile place; -see the \fIput\fR command description. -.LC -( \fB.+1\fR ) \fBz\fR \fIcount\fR -.ZP -Print the next \fIcount\fR lines, default \fIwindow\fR. -.LC -( \fB.\fR ) \fBz\fR \fItype\fR \fIcount\fR -.ZP -Prints a window of text with the specified line at the top. -If \fItype\fR is `\-' the line is placed at the bottom; a `\fB.\fR' causes -the line to be placed in the center.* -A count gives the number of lines to be displayed rather than -double the number specified by the \fIscroll\fR option. -On a \s-2CRT\s0 the screen is cleared before display begins unless a -count which is less than the screen size is given. -The current line is left at the last line printed. -.FS -* Forms `z=' and `z\(ua' also exist; `z=' places the current line in the -center, surrounds it with lines of `\-' characters and leaves the current -line at this line. The form `z\(ua' prints the window before `z\-' -would. The characters `+', `\(ua' and `\-' may be repeated for cumulative -effect. -On some v2 editors, no -.I type -may be given. -.FE -.LC -\fB!\fR \fIcommand\fR\fR -.ZP -The remainder of the line after the `!' character is sent to a shell -to be executed. -Within the text of -.I command -the characters -`%' and `#' are expanded as in filenames and the character -`!' is replaced with the text of the previous command. -Thus, in particular, -`!!' repeats the last such shell escape. -If any such expansion is performed, the expanded line will be echoed. -The current line is unchanged by this command. -.IP -If there has been ``[No\ write]'' of the buffer contents since the last -change to the editing buffer, then a diagnostic will be printed -before the command is executed as a warning. -A single `!' is printed when the command completes. -.LC -( \fIaddr\fR , \fIaddr\fR ) \fB!\fR \fIcommand\fR\fR -.ZP -Takes the specified address range and supplies it as -standard input to -.I command; -the resulting output then replaces the input lines. -.LC -( $ ) \fB=\fR -.ZP -Prints the line number of the -addressed line. -The current line is unchanged. -.KS -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR ) \fB>\fR \fIcount\fR \fIflags\fR -.br -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR ) \fB<\fR \fIcount\fR \fIflags\fR -.IP -Perform intelligent shifting on the specified lines; -\fB<\fR shifts left and \fB>\fR shift right. -The quantity of shift is determined by the -.I shiftwidth -option and the repetition of the specification character. -Only white space (blanks and tabs) is shifted; -no non-white characters are discarded in a left-shift. -The current line becomes the last line which changed due to the -shifting. -.KE -.LC -\fB^D\fR -.ZP -An end-of-file from a terminal input scrolls through the file. -The -.I scroll -option specifies the size of the scroll, normally a half screen of text. -.LC -( \fB.\fR+1 , \fB.\fR+1 ) -.br -( \fB.\fR+1 , \fB.\fR+1 ) | -.ZP -An address alone causes the addressed lines to be printed. -A blank line prints the next line in the file. -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR ) \fB&\fR \fIoptions\fR \fIcount\fR \fIflags\fR -.ZP -Repeats the previous -.I substitute -command. -.LC -( \fB.\fR , \fB.\fR ) \fB\s+2~\s0\fR \fIoptions\fR \fIcount\fR \fIflags\fR -.ZP -Replaces the previous regular expression with the previous -replacement pattern from a substitution. -.NH 1 -Regular expressions and substitute replacement patterns -.NH 2 -Regular expressions -.PP -A regular expression specifies a set of strings of characters. -A member of this set of strings is said to be -.I matched -by the regular expression. -.I Ex -remembers two previous regular expressions: -the previous regular expression used in a -.I substitute -command -and the previous regular expression used elsewhere -(referred to as the previous \fIscanning\fR regular expression.) -The previous regular expression -can always be referred to by a null \fIre\fR, e.g. `//' or `??'. -.NH 2 -Magic and nomagic -.PP -The regular expressions allowed by -.I ex -are constructed in one of two ways depending on the setting of -the -.I magic -option. -The -.I ex -and -.I vi -default setting of -.I magic -gives quick access to a powerful set of regular expression -metacharacters. -The disadvantage of -.I magic -is that the user must remember that these metacharacters are -.I magic -and precede them with the character `\e' -to use them as ``ordinary'' characters. -With -.I nomagic, -the default for -.I edit, -regular expressions are much simpler, -there being only two metacharacters. -The power of the other metacharacters is still available by preceding -the (now) ordinary character with a `\e'. -Note that `\e' is thus always a metacharacter. -.PP -The remainder of the discussion of regular expressions assumes -that -that the setting of this option is -.I magic.\(dg -.FS -\(dg To discern what is true with -.I nomagic -it suffices to remember that the only -special characters in this case will be `\(ua' at the beginning -of a regular expression, -`$' at the end of a regular expression, -and `\e'. -With -.I nomagic -the characters `\s+2~\s0' and `&' also lose their special meanings -related to the replacement pattern of a substitute. -.FE -.NH 2 -Basic regular expression summary -.PP -The following basic constructs are used to construct -.I magic -mode regular expressions. -.IP \fIchar\fR 15 -An ordinary character matches itself. -The characters `\(ua' at the beginning of a line, -`$' at the end of line, -`*' as any character other than the first, -`.', `\e', `[', and `\s+2~\s0' are not ordinary characters and -must be escaped (preceded) by `\e' to be treated as such. -.IP \fB\(ua\fR -At the beginning of a pattern -forces the match to succeed only at the beginning of a line. -.IP \fB$\fR -At the end of a regular expression forces the match to -succeed only at the end of the line. -.IP \&\fB.\fR -Matches any single character except -the new-line character. -.IP \fB\e<\fR -Forces the match -to occur only at the beginning of a ``variable'' or ``word''; -that is, either at the beginning of a line, or just before -a letter, digit, or underline and after a character not one of -these. -.IP \fB\e>\fR -Similar to `\e<', but matching the end of a ``variable'' -or ``word'', i.e. either the end of the line or before character -which is neither a letter, nor a digit, nor the underline character. -.IP \fB[\fIstring\fR]\fR -Matches any (single) character in the class defined by -.I string. -Most characters in -.I string -define themselves. -A pair of characters separated by `\-' in -.I string -defines the set of characters collating between the specified lower and upper -bounds, thus `[a\-z]' as a regular expression matches -any (single) lower-case letter. -If the first character of -.I string -is an `\(ua' then the construct -matches those characters which it otherwise would not; -thus `[\(uaa\-z]' matches anything but a lower-case letter (and of course a -newline). -To place any of the characters -`\(ua', `[', or `\-' in -.I string -you must escape them with a preceding `\e'. -.NH 2 -Combining regular expression primitives -.PP -The concatenation of two regular expressions matches the leftmost and -then longest string -which can be divided with the first piece matching the first regular -expression and the second piece matching the second. -Any of the (single character matching) regular expressions mentioned -above may be followed by the character `*' to form a regular expression -which matches any number of adjacent occurrences (including 0) of characters -matched by the regular expression it follows. -.PP -The character `\s+2~\s0' may be used in a regular expression, -and matches the text which defined the replacement part -of the last -.I substitute -command. -A regular expression may be enclosed between the sequences -`\e(' and `\e)' with side effects in the -.I substitute -replacement patterns. -.NH 2 -Substitute replacement patterns -.PP -The basic metacharacters for the replacement pattern are -`&' and `~'; these are -given as `\e&' and `\e~' when -.I nomagic -is set. -Each instance of `&' is replaced by the characters -which the regular expression matched. -The metacharacter `~' stands, in the replacement pattern, -for the defining text of the previous replacement pattern. -.PP -Other metasequences possible in the replacement pattern -are always introduced by the escaping character `\e'. -The sequence `\e\fIn\fR' is replaced by the text matched -by the \fIn\fR-th regular subexpression enclosed between -`\e(' and `\e)'.\(dg -.FS -\(dg When nested, parenthesized subexpressions are present, -\fIn\fR is determined by counting occurrences of `\e(' starting from the left. -.FE -The sequences `\eu' and `\el' cause the immediately following character in -the replacement to be converted to upper- or lower-case respectively -if this character is a letter. -The sequences `\eU' and `\eL' turn such conversion on, either until -`\eE' or `\ee' is encountered, or until the end of the replacement pattern. -.de LC -.br -.sp .1i -.ne 4 -.LP -.ta 3i -.. -.NH 1 -Option descriptions -.PP -.LC -\fBautoindent\fR, \fBai\fR default: noai -.ZP -Can be used to ease the preparation of structured program text. -At the beginning of each -.I append , -.I change -or -.I insert -command -or when a new line is -.I opened -or created by an -.I append , -.I change , -.I insert , -or -.I substitute -operation within -.I open -or -.I visual -mode, -.I ex -looks at the line being appended after, -the first line changed -or the line inserted before and calculates the amount of white space -at the start of the line. -It then aligns the cursor at the level of indentation so determined. -.IP -If the user then types lines of text in, -they will continue to be justified at the displayed indenting level. -If more white space is typed at the beginning of a line, -the following line will start aligned with the first non-white character -of the previous line. -To back the cursor up to the preceding tab stop one can hit -\fB^D\fR. -The tab stops going backwards are defined at multiples of the -.I shiftwidth -option. -You -.I cannot -backspace over the indent, -except by sending an end-of-file with a \fB^D\fR. -.IP -Specially processed in this mode is a line with no characters added -to it, which turns into a completely blank line (the white -space provided for the -.I autoindent -is discarded.) -Also specially processed in this mode are lines beginning with -an `\(ua' and immediately followed by a \fB^D\fR. -This causes the input to be repositioned at the beginning of the line, -but retaining the previous indent for the next line. -Similarly, a `0' followed by a \fB^D\fR -repositions at the beginning but without -retaining the previous indent. -.IP -.I Autoindent -doesn't happen in -.I global -commands or when the input is not a terminal. -.LC -\fBautoprint\fR, \fBap\fR default: ap -.ZP -Causes the current line to be printed after each -.I delete , -.I copy , -.I join , -.I move , -.I substitute , -.I t , -.I undo -or -shift command. -This has the same effect as supplying a trailing `p' -to each such command. -.I Autoprint -is suppressed in globals, -and only applies to the last of many commands on a line. -.LC -\fBautowrite\fR, \fBaw\fR default: noaw -.ZP -Causes the contents of the buffer to be written to the current file -if you have modified it and give a -.I next, -.I rewind, -.I stop, -.I tag, -or -.I ! -command, or a \fB^\(ua\fR (switch files) or \fB^]\fR (tag goto) command -in -.I visual. -Note, that the -.I edit -and -.I ex -commands do -.B not -autowrite. -In each case, there is an equivalent way of switching when autowrite -is set to avoid the -.I autowrite -(\fIedit\fR -for -.I next , -.I rewind! -for .I rewind , -.I stop! -for -.I stop , -.I tag! -for -.I tag , -.I shell -for -.I ! , -and -\fB:e\ #\fR and a \fB:ta!\fR command from within -.I visual). -.LC -\fBbeautify\fR, \fBbf\fR default: nobeautify -.ZP -Causes all control characters except tab, newline and form-feed -to be discarded from the input. -A complaint is registered the first time a -backspace character is discarded. -.I Beautify -does not apply to command input. -.LC -\fBdirectory\fR, \fBdir\fR default: dir=/tmp -.ZP -Specifies the directory in which -.I ex -places its buffer file. -If this directory in not -writable, then the editor will exit abruptly when it fails to be -able to create its buffer there. -.LC -\fBedcompatible\fR default: noedcompatible -.ZP -Causes the presence of absence of -.B g -and -.B c -suffixes on substitute commands to be remembered, and to be toggled -by repeating the suffices. The suffix -.B r -makes the substitution be as in the -.I ~ -command, instead of like -.I &. -.LC -\fBerrorbells\fR, \fBeb\fR default: noeb -.ZP -Error messages are preceded by a bell.* -.FS -* Bell ringing in -.I open -and -.I visual -on errors is not suppressed by setting -.I noeb. -.FE -If possible the editor always places the error message in a standout mode of the -terminal (such as inverse video) instead of ringing the bell. -.LC -\fBhardtabs\fR, \fBht\fR default: ht=8 -.ZP -Gives the boundaries on which terminal hardware tabs are set (or -on which the system expands tabs). -.LC -\fBignorecase\fR, \fBic\fR default: noic -.ZP -All upper case characters in the text are mapped to lower case in regular -expression matching. -In addition, all upper case characters in regular expressions are mapped -to lower case except in character class specifications. -.LC -\fBlisp\fR default: nolisp -.ZP -\fIAutoindent\fR indents appropriately for -.I lisp -code, and the \fB( ) { } [[\fR and \fB]]\fR commands in -.I open -and -.I visual -are modified to have meaning for \fIlisp\fR. -.LC -\fBlist\fR default: nolist -.ZP -All printed lines will be displayed (more) unambiguously, -showing tabs and end-of-lines as in the -.I list -command. -.LC -\fBmagic\fR default: magic for \fIex\fR and \fIvi\fR\(dg -.FS -\(dg \fINomagic\fR for \fIedit\fR. -.FE -.ZP -If -.I nomagic -is set, the number of regular expression metacharacters is greatly reduced, -with only `\(ua' and `$' having special effects. -In addition the metacharacters -`~' -and -`&' -of the replacement pattern are treated as normal characters. -All the normal metacharacters may be made -.I magic -when -.I nomagic -is set by preceding them with a `\e'. -.LC -\fBmesg\fR default: mesg -.ZP -Causes write permission to be turned off to the terminal -while you are in visual mode, if -.I nomesg -is set. -.LC -\fBmodeline\fR default: nomodeline -.ZP -If -.I modeline -is set, then the first 5 lines and the last five lines of the file -will be checked for ex command lines and the comands issued. -To be recognized as a command line, the line must have the string -.B ex: -or -.B vi: -preceeded by a tab or a space. This string may be anywhere in the -line and anything after the -.I : -is interpeted as editor commands. This option defaults to off because -of unexpected behavior when editting files such as -.I /etc/passwd. -.LC -\fBnumber, nu\fR default: nonumber -.ZP -Causes all output lines to be printed with their -line numbers. -In addition each input line will be prompted for by supplying the line number -it will have. -.LC -\fBopen\fR default: open -.ZP -If \fInoopen\fR, the commands -.I open -and -.I visual -are not permitted. -This is set for -.I edit -to prevent confusion resulting from accidental entry to -open or visual mode. -.LC -\fBoptimize, opt\fR default: optimize -.ZP -Throughput of text is expedited by setting the terminal -to not do automatic carriage returns -when printing more than one (logical) line of output, -greatly speeding output on terminals without addressable -cursors when text with leading white space is printed. -.LC -\fBparagraphs,\ para\fR default: para=IPLPPPQPP\0LIbp -.ZP -Specifies the paragraphs for the \fB{\fR and \fB}\fR operations in -.I open -and -.I visual. -The pairs of characters in the option's value are the names -of the macros which start paragraphs. -.LC -\fBprompt\fR default: prompt -.ZP -Command mode input is prompted for with a `:'. -.LC -\fBredraw\fR default: noredraw -.ZP -The editor simulates (using great amounts of output), an intelligent -terminal on a dumb terminal (e.g. during insertions in -.I visual -the characters to the right of the cursor position are refreshed -as each input character is typed.) -Useful only at very high speed. -.LC -\fBremap\fP default: remap -.ZP -If on, macros are repeatedly tried until they are unchanged. -For example, if -.B o -is mapped to -.B O , -and -.B O -is mapped to -.B I , -then if -.I remap -is set, -.B o -will map to -.B I , -but if -.I noremap -is set, it will map to -.B O . -.LC -\fBreport\fR default: report=5\(dg -.FS -\(dg 2 for \fIedit\fR. -.FE -.ZP -Specifies a threshold for feedback from commands. -Any command which modifies more than the specified number of lines -will provide feedback as to the scope of its changes. -For commands such as -.I global , -.I open , -.I undo , -and -.I visual -which have potentially more far reaching scope, -the net change in the number of lines in the buffer is -presented at the end of the command, subject to this same threshold. -Thus notification is suppressed during a -.I global -command on the individual commands performed. -.LC -\fBscroll\fR default: scroll=\(12 window -.ZP -Determines the number of logical lines scrolled when an end-of-file -is received from a terminal input in command mode, -and the number of lines printed by a command mode -.I z -command (double the value of -.I scroll ). -.LC -\fBsections\fR default: sections=SHNHH\0HU -.ZP -Specifies the section macros for the \fB[[\fR and \fB]]\fR operations -in -.I open -and -.I visual. -The pairs of characters in the options's value are the names -of the macros which start paragraphs. -.LC -\fBshell\fR, \fBsh\fR default: sh=/bin/sh -.ZP -Gives the path name of the shell forked for -the shell escape command `!', and by the -.I shell -command. -The default is taken from SHELL in the environment, if present. -.LC -\fBshiftwidth\fR, \fBsw\fR default: sw=8 -.ZP -Gives the width a software tab stop, -used in reverse tabbing with \fB^D\fR when using -.I autoindent -to append text, -and by the shift commands. -.LC -\fBshowmatch, sm\fR default: nosm -.ZP -In -.I open -and -.I visual -mode, when a \fB)\fR or \fB}\fR is typed, move the cursor to the matching -\fB(\fR or \fB{\fR for one second if this matching character is on the -screen. Extremely useful with -.I lisp. -.LC -\fBslowopen, slow\fR terminal dependent -.ZP -Affects the display algorithm used in -.I visual -mode, holding off display updating during input of new text to improve -throughput when the terminal in use is both slow and unintelligent. -See -.I "An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi" -for more details. -.LC -\fBtabstop,\ ts\fR default: ts=8 -.ZP -The editor expands tabs in the input file to be on -.I tabstop -boundaries for the purposes of display. -.LC -\fBtaglength,\ tl\fR default: tl=0 -.ZP -Tags are not significant beyond this many characters. -A value of zero (the default) means that all characters are significant. -.LC -\fBtags\fR default: tags=tags /usr/lib/tags -.ZP -A path of files to be used as tag files for the -.I tag -command. -A requested tag is searched for in the specified files, sequentially. -By default, files called -.B tags -are searched for in the current directory and in /usr/lib -(a master file for the entire system). -.LC -\fBterm\fR from environment TERM -.ZP -The terminal type of the output device. -.LC -\fBterse\fR default: noterse -.ZP -Shorter error diagnostics are produced for the experienced user. -.LC -\fBwarn\fR default: warn -.ZP -Warn if there has been `[No write since last change]' before a `!' -command escape. -.LC -\fBwindow\fR default: window=speed dependent -.ZP -The number of lines in a text window in the -.I visual -command. -The default is 8 at slow speeds (600 baud or less), -16 at medium speed (1200 baud), -and the full screen (minus one line) at higher speeds. -.LC -\fBw300,\ w1200\, w9600\fR -.ZP -These are not true options but set -.B window -only if the speed is slow (300), medium (1200), or high (9600), -respectively. -They are suitable for an EXINIT -and make it easy to change the 8/16/full screen rule. -.LC -\fBwrapscan\fR, \fBws\fR default: ws -.ZP -Searches using the regular expressions in addressing -will wrap around past the end of the file. -.LC -\fBwrapmargin\fR, \fBwm\fR default: wm=0 -.ZP -Defines a margin for automatic wrapover of text during input in -.I open -and -.I visual -modes. See -.I "An Introduction to Text Editing with Vi" -for details. -.LC -\fBwriteany\fR, \fBwa\fR default: nowa -.IP -Inhibit the checks normally made before -.I write -commands, allowing a write to any file which the system protection -mechanism will allow. -.NH 1 -Limitations -.PP -Editor limits that the user is likely to encounter are as follows: -1024 characters per line, -256 characters per global command list, -128 characters per file name, -128 characters in the previous inserted and deleted text in -.I open -or -.I visual, -100 characters in a shell escape command, -63 characters in a string valued option, -and 30 characters in a tag name, and -a limit of 250000 lines in the file is silently enforced. -.PP -The -.I visual -implementation limits the number of macros defined with map to -32, and the total number of characters in macros to be less than 512. -.LP -.LP -.I Acknowledgments. -Chuck Haley contributed greatly to the early development of -.I ex. -Bruce Englar encouraged the redesign which led to -.I ex -version 1. -Bill Joy wrote versions 1 and 2.0 through 2.7, -and created the framework that users see in the present editor. -Mark Horton added macros and other features and made the -editor work on a large number of terminals and Unix systems. diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/exref/ex.summary b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/exref/ex.summary deleted file mode 100644 index 618da07c742..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/exref/ex.summary +++ /dev/null @@ -1,734 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 -.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by the University of -.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. -.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors -.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -.\" without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" @(#)ex.summary 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93 -.\" -.ds p \v'-0.2'.\v'+0.2' -.ds U \s-2UNIX\s+2 -.ds c \v'-0.2':\v'+0.2' -.nr PO .25i -.nr LL 6.75i -.lt 6.75i -.ll 6.75i -.ds CH -.ds LF Computing Services, U.C. Berkeley -.ds RF April 3, 1979 -.de SP -.sp 1v -.. -.nr PI 3n -.nr PD 0 -.ND -.ps 12 -.ft B -.ce 1 -Ex/Edit Command Summary (Version 2.0) -.ft R -.nr VS 11 -.nr PS 9 -.nr HM 0.5i -.nr CW -.2C -.PP -.I Ex -and -.I edit -are text editors, used for creating -and modifying files of text on the \*U -computer system. -.I Edit -is a variant of -.I ex -with features designed to -make it less complicated -to learn and use. -In terms of command syntax and effect -the editors are essentially identical, -and this command summary applies to both. -.PP -The summary is meant as a quick reference -for users already acquainted -with -.I edit -or \fIex\fP. -Fuller explanations of the editors are available -in the documents -.I -Edit: A Tutorial -.R -(a self-teaching introduction) and the -.I -Ex Reference Manual -.R -(the comprehensive reference source for -both \fIedit\fP and \fIex\fP). -Both of these writeups are available in the -Computing Services Library. -.PP -In the examples included with the -summary, commands and text entered by -the user are printed in \fBboldface\fR to -distinguish them from responses printed -by the computer. -.sp 0.45v -.LP -.B -The Editor Buffer -.PP -In order to perform its tasks -the editor sets aside a temporary -work space, -called a \fIbuffer\fR, -separate from the user's permanent -file. -Before starting to work on an existing -file the editor makes a copy of it in the -buffer, leaving the original untouched. -All editing changes are made to the -buffer copy, which must then -be written back to the permanent -file in order to update the -old version. -The buffer disappears -at the end of the editing session. -.sp 0.45v -.LP -.B -Editing: Command and Text Input Modes -.PP -.R -During an editing session there are -two usual modes of operation: -\fIcommand\fP mode and \fItext input\fP -mode. -(This disregards, for the moment, -.I open -and -.I visual -modes, discussed below.) -In command mode, the editor issues a -colon prompt (:) -to show that it is ready to -accept and execute a command. -In text input mode, on the other hand, there is -no prompt and the editor merely accepts text to -be added to the buffer. -Text input mode is initiated by the commands -\fIappend\fP, \fIinsert\fP, and \fIchange\fP, -and is terminated by typing a period as the -first and only character on a line. -.sp 0.45v -.LP -.B -Line Numbers and Command Syntax -.PP -.R -The editor keeps track of lines of text -in the buffer by numbering them consecutively -starting with 1 and renumbering -as lines are added or deleted. -At any given time the editor is positioned -at one of these lines; this position is -called the \fIcurrent line\fP. -Generally, commands that change the -contents of the buffer print the -new current line at the end of their -execution. -.PP -Most commands can be preceded by one or two -line-number addresses which indicate the lines -to be affected. -If one number is given the command operates on -that line only; if two, on an inclusive range -of lines. -Commands that can take line-number prefixes also -assume default prefixes if none are given. -The default assumed by each command is designed -to make it convenient to use in many instances -without any line-number prefix. -For the most part, a command used without a -prefix operates on the current line, -though exceptions to this rule should be noted. -The \fIprint\fP command -by itself, for instance, causes -one line, the current line, to be -printed at the terminal. -.PP -The summary shows the number of line addresses -that can be -prefixed to each command as well as -the defaults assumed if they are omitted. -For example, -.I (.,.) -means that up to 2 line-numbers may be given, -and that if none is given the -command operates on the current line. -(In the address prefix notation, ``.'' stands -for the current line and ``$'' stands for -the last line of the buffer.) -If no such notation appears, no -line-number prefix may be used. -.PP -Some commands take trailing -information; -only -the more important instances of this -are mentioned in the summary. -.sp 0.25v -.LP -.B -Open and Visual Modes -.PP -.R -Besides command and text input modes, -.I ex -and -.I edit -provide on some CRT terminals other modes of editing, -.I open -and -.I visual . -In these modes the cursor can -be moved to individual words -or characters in a line. -The commands then given are very different -from the standard editor commands; most do not appear on the screen when -typed. -.I -An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi -.R -provides a full discussion. -.sp 0.25v -.LP -.B -Special Characters -.PP -.R -.fi -Some characters take on special meanings -when used in context searches -and in patterns given to the \fIsubstitute\fP command. -For \fIedit\fR, these are ``^'' and ``$'', -meaning the beginning and end of a line, -respectively. -.I Ex -has the following additional special characters: -.B -.ce 1 -\&. & * [ ] ~ -.R -To use one of the special characters as its -simple graphic representation -rather than with its special meaning, -precede it by a backslash (\\). -The backslash always has a special meaning. -.1C -.rm LF -.rm RF -.rm CF -.nr FM 0.4 -.TS -cp10 cp10 cp10 cp10 -ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i). -Name Abbr Description Examples -.sp 1.75 -(.)\fBappend a T{ -Begins text input mode, -adding lines to the buffer after -the line specified. Appending continues -until ``.'' is typed alone at the -beginning of a new line, followed by -a carriage return. \fI0a\fR places -lines at the beginning of the buffer. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fBa -Three lines of text -are added to the buffer -after the current line. -\*p -.R -\*c -.fi -T} -.SP -\fR(.,.)\fBchange c T{ -Deletes indicated line(s) and -initiates text input mode to -replace them with new text which follows. -New text is terminated the same way -as with \fIappend\fR. -T} T{ -.nf -:\fB5,6c -Lines 5 and 6 are -deleted and replaced by -these three lines. -\*p -.R -\*c -.fi -T} -.SP -\fR(.,.)\fBcopy \fIaddr co T{ -Places a copy of the specified lines -after the line indicated by \fIaddr\fR. -The example places a copy of lines 8 through -12, inclusive, after line 25. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fB8,12co 25 -\fRLast line copied is printed -\fR\*c -.fi -T} -.SP -\fR(.,.)\fBdelete d T{ -Removes lines from the buffer -and prints the current line after the deletion. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fB13,15d -\fRNew current line is printed -\*c -.fi -T} -.TE -.sp 0.5v -.TS -ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i). -T{ -\fBedit \fIfile\fP -.br -\fBedit! \fIfile\fP -T} T{ -e -.br -e! -T} T{ -.fi -\fRClears the editor buffer and then -copies into it the named \fIfile\fR, -which becomes the current file. -This is a way of shifting to a different -file -without leaving the editor. -The editor issues a warning -message if this command is used before -saving changes -made to the file already in the buffer; -using the form \fBe!\fR overrides this protective mechanism. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fBe ch10\fR -No write since last change -:\fBe! ch10\fR -"ch10" 3 lines, 62 characters -\*c -.fi -T} -.SP -\fBfile \fIname\fR f T{ -\fRIf followed by a \fIname\fR, renames -the current file to \fIname\fR. -If used without \fIname\fR, prints -the name of the current file. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fBf ch9 -\fR"ch9" [Modified] 3 lines ... -:\fBf -\fR"ch9" [Modified] 3 lines ... -\*c -.fi -T} -.SP -(1,$)\fBglobal g \fBglobal/\fIpattern\fB/\fIcommands T{ -.nf -:\fBg/nonsense/d -\fR\*c -.fi -T} -\fR(1,$)\fBglobal! g!\fR or \fBv T{ -Searches the entire buffer (unless a smaller -range is specified by line-number prefixes) and -executes \fIcommands\fR on every line with -an expression matching \fIpattern\fR. -The second form, abbreviated -either \fBg!\fR or \fBv\fR, -executes \fIcommands\fR on lines that \fIdo -not\fR contain the expression \fIpattern\fR. -T} \^ -.SP -\fR(.)\fBinsert i T{ -Inserts new lines of text immediately before the specified line. -Differs from -.I append -only in that text is placed before, rather than after, the indicated line. -In other words, \fB1i\fR has the same effect as \fB0a\fR. -T} T{ -.nf -:\fB1i -These lines of text will -be added prior to line 1. -\&. -\fR: -.fi -T} \^ -.SP -\fR(.,.+1)\fBjoin j T{ -Join lines together, adjusting white space (spaces -and tabs) as necessary. -T} T{ -.nf -:\fB2,5j\fR -Resulting line is printed -: -.fi -T} \^ -.TE -.bp -.TS -cp10 cp10 cp10 cp10 -ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i). -Name Abbr Description Examples -.sp 1.75 -\fR(.,.)\fBlist l T{ -\fRPrints lines in a more -unambiguous way than the \fIprint\fR -command does. The end of a line, -for example, is marked with a ``$'', -and tabs printed as ``^I''. -T} T{ -.nf -:\fB9l -\fRThis is line 9$ -\*c -.fi -T} -.TE -.sp 0.5v -.TS -ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i). -\fR(.,.)\fBmove \fIaddr\fB m T{ -\fRMoves the specified lines -to a position after the line -indicated by \fIaddr\fR. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fB12,15m 25\fR -New current line is printed -\*c -.fi -T} -.SP -\fR(.,.)\fBnumber nu T{ -Prints each line preceded -by its buffer line number. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fBnu -\0\0\fR10\0 This is line 10 -\*c -.fi -T} -.SP -\fR(.)\fBopen o T{ -Too involved to discuss here, -but if you enter open mode -accidentally, press -the \s-2ESC\s0 key followed by -\fBq\fR to -get back into normal editor -command mode. -\fIEdit\fP is designed to -prevent accidental use of -the open command. -T} -.SP -\fBpreserve pre T{ -Saves a copy of the current buffer contents as though the system had -just crashed. This is for use in an emergency when a -.I write -command has failed and you don't know how else to save your work.\(dg -T} T{ -.nf -:\fBpreserve\fR -File preserved. -: -.fi -T} -.SP -\fR(.,.)\fBprint p Prints the text of line(s). T{ -.nf -:\fB+2,+3p\fR -The second and third lines -after the current line -: -.fi -T} -.TE -.FS -\(dg Seek assistance from a consultant as soon as possible -after saving a file with the -.I preserve -command, because the file is saved on system storage space for only one week. -.FE -.SP -.nf -.TS -ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i). -T{ -.nf -\fBquit -quit! -.fi -T} T{ -.nf -q -q! -T} T{ -.fi -\fREnds the editing session. -You will receive a -warning if you have changed the buffer -since last writing its contents -to the file. In this event you -must either type \fBw\fR to write, -or type \fBq!\fR to exit from -the editor without saving your changes. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fBq -\fRNo write since last change -:\fBq! -\fR% -.fi -T} -.SP -\fR(.)\fBread \fIfile\fP r T{ -.fi -\fRPlaces a copy of \fIfile\fR in the -buffer after the specified line. -Address 0 is permissible and causes -the copy of \fIfile\fR to be placed -at the beginning of the buffer. -The \fIread\fP command does not -erase any text already in the buffer. -If no line number is specified, -\fIfile\fR is placed after the -current line. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fB0r newfile -\fR"newfile" 5 lines, 86 characters -\*c -.fi -T} -.SP -\fBrecover \fIfile\fP rec T{ -.fi -Retrieves a copy of the editor buffer -after a system crash, editor crash, -phone line disconnection, or -\fIpreserve\fR command. -T} -.SP -\fR(.,.)\fBsubstitute s T{ -.nf -\fBsubstitute/\fIpattern\fB/\fIreplacement\fB/ -substitute/\fIpattern\fB/\fIreplacement\fB/gc -.fi -\fRReplaces the first occurrence of \fIpattern\fR -on a line -with \fIreplacement\fP. -Including a \fBg\fR after the command -changes all occurrences of \fIpattern\fP -on the line. -The \fBc\fR option allows the user to -confirm each substitution before it is -made; see the manual for details. -T} T{ -.nf -:\fB3p -\fRLine 3 contains a misstake -:\fBs/misstake/mistake/ -\fRLine 3 contains a mistake -\*c -.fi -T} -.TE -.bp -.TS -cp10 cp10 cp10 cp10 -ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i). -Name Abbr Description Examples -.sp 1.75 -\fBundo u T{ -.fi -\fRReverses the changes made in -the buffer by the last buffer-editing -command. -Note that this example contains -a notification about the number of -lines affected. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fB1,15d -\fR15 lines deleted -new line number 1 is printed -:\fBu -\fR15 more lines in file ... -old line number 1 is printed -\*c -.fi -T} -.SP -\fR(1,$)\fBwrite \fIfile\fR w T{ -.fi -\fRCopies data from the buffer onto -a permanent file. If no \fIfile\fR -is named, the current filename -is used. -The file is automatically created -if it does not yet exist. -A response containing the number of -lines and characters in the file -indicates that the write -has been completed successfully. -The editor's built-in protections -against overwriting existing files -will in some circumstances -inhibit a write. -The form \fBw!\fR forces the -write, confirming that -an existing file is to be overwritten. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fBw -\fR"file7" 64 lines, 1122 characters -:\fBw file8 -\fR"file8" File exists ... -:\fBw! file8 -\fR"file8" 64 lines, 1122 characters -\*c -.fi -T} -\fR(1,$)\fBwrite! \fIfile\fP w! \^ \^ -.TE -.sp 0.5v -.TS -ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i). -\fR(.)\fBz \fIcount\fP z T{ -.fi -\fRPrints a screen full of text starting -with the line indicated; -or, if \fIcount\fR is specified, -prints that number of lines. -Variants of the \fIz\fR command -are described in the manual. -T} -.SP -\fB!\fIcommand T{ -.fi -Executes the remainder of the line -after \fB!\fR as a \*U command. -The buffer is unchanged by this, and -control is returned to the editor when -the execution of \fIcommand\fR is complete. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fB!date -\fRFri Jun 9 12:15:11 PDT 1978 -! -\*c -.fi -T} -.SP -\fRcontrol-d T{ -.fi -Prints the next \fIscroll\fR of text, -normally half of a screen. See the -manual for details of the \fIscroll\fR -option. -T} -.SP -\fR(.+1)<cr> T{ -.fi -An address alone followed by a carriage -return causes the line to be printed. -A carriage return by itself prints the -line following the current line. -T} T{ -.nf -:\fR<cr> -the line after the current line -\*c -.fi -T} -.TE -.sp 0.5v -.TS -ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i). -\fB/\fIpattern\fB/ T{ -.fi -\fRSearches for the next line in which -\fIpattern\fR occurs and prints it. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fB/This pattern/ -\fRThis pattern next occurs here. -\*c -.fi -T} -.SP -\fB// T{ -Repeats the most recent search. -T} T{ -.nf -\fR:\fB// -\fRThis pattern also occurs here. -\*c -.fi -T} -.SP -\fB?\fIpattern\fB? T{ -Searches in the reverse direction -for \fIpattern\fP. -T} -.SP -\fB?? T{ -Repeats the most recent search, -moving in the reverse direction -through the buffer. -T} -.TE - diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vi.man/Makefile b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vi.man/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index fd89b8e3169..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vi.man/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -# @(#)Makefile 8.5 (Berkeley) 7/16/94 - -SRCS= vi.1 -DOCS= vi.0 vi.0.ps - -all: ${DOCS} - -vi.0: vi.1 - groff -man -Tascii < vi.1 > $@ -vi.0.ps: vi.1 - groff -man < vi.1 > $@ - -clean: - rm -f ${DOCS} diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vi.man/vi.1 b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vi.man/vi.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 25f2a2ce0f3..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vi.man/vi.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1294 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1994 -.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by the University of -.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. -.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors -.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -.\" without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" @(#)vi.1 8.12 (Berkeley) 7/15/94 -.\" -.Dd "July 15, 1994" -.Dt EX/VI 1 -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm ex, vi, view -.Nd text editors -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm \&ex -.Op Fl eFRrsv -.Op Fl c Ar cmd -.Op Fl t Ar tag -.Op Fl w Ar size -.\".Op Fl X Ar \&aw -.Op Ar "file ..." -.Nm \&vi -.Op Fl eFRrv -.Op Fl c Ar cmd -.Op Fl t Ar tag -.Op Fl w Ar size -.\".Op Fl X Ar \&aw -.Op Ar "file ..." -.Nm view -.Op Fl eFRrv -.Op Fl c Ar cmd -.Op Fl t Ar tag -.Op Fl w Ar size -.\".Op Fl X Ar \&aw -.Op Ar "file ..." -.Sh DESCRIPTION -.Nm \&Vi -is a screen oriented text editor. -.Nm \&Ex -is a line-oriented text editor. -.Nm \&Ex -and -.Nm \&vi -are different interfaces to the same program, -and it is possible to switch back and forth during an edit session. -.Nm View -is the equivalent of using the -.Fl R -(read-only) option of -.Nm \&vi . -.Pp -This manual page is the one provided with the -.Nm nex/nvi -versions of the -.Nm ex/vi -text editors. -.Nm Nex/nvi -are intended as bug-for-bug compatible replacements for the original -Fourth Berkeley Software Distribution (4BSD) -.Nm \&ex -and -.Nm \&vi -programs. -For the rest of this manual page, -.Nm nex/nvi -is used only when it's necessary to distinguish it from the historic -implementations of -.Nm ex/vi . -.Pp -This manual page is intended for users already familiar with -.Nm ex/vi . -Anyone else should almost certainly read a good tutorial on the -editor before this manual page. -If you're in an unfamiliar environment, and you absolutely have to -get work done immediately, read the section after the options -description, entitled -.Dq "Fast Startup" . -It's probably enough to get you going. -.Pp -The following options are available: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl c -Execute -.Ar cmd -immediately after starting the edit session. -Particularly useful for initial positioning in the file, however -.Ar cmd -is not limited to positioning commands. -This is the POSIX 1003.2 interface for the historic -.Dq "+cmd" -syntax. -.Nm Nex/nvi -supports both the old and new syntax. -.It Fl e -Start editing in ex mode, as if the command name were -.Nm \&ex . -.It Fl F -Don't copy the entire file when first starting to edit. -(The default is to make a copy in case someone else modifies -the file during your edit session.) -.It Fl R -Start editing in read-only mode, as if the command name was -.Nm view , -or the readonly option was set. -.It Fl r -Recover the specified files, or, if no files are specified, -list the files that could be recovered. -If no recoverable files by the specified name exist, -the file is edited as if the -.Fl r -option had not been specified. -.It Fl s -Enter batch mode; applicable only to -.Nm \&ex -edit sessions. -Batch mode is useful when running -.Nm \&ex -scripts. -Prompts, informative messages and other user oriented message -are turned off, -and no startup files or environmental variables are read. -This is the POSIX 1003.2 interface for the historic -.Dq \&\- -argument. -.Nm \&Nex/nvi -supports both the old and new syntax. -.It Fl t -Start editing at the specified tag. -(See -.Xr ctags 1 ). -.It Fl w -Set the initial window size to the specified number of lines. -.It Fl v -Start editing in vi mode, as if the command name was -.Nm \&vi -or -.Nm view . -.It Fl X -Reserved for X11 interfaces. -.Em "No X11 support is currently implemented." -.El -.Pp -Command input for -.Nm ex/vi -is read from the standard input. -In the -.Nm \&vi -interface, it is an error if standard input is not a terminal. -In the -.Nm \&ex -interface, if standard input is not a terminal, -.Nm \&ex -will read commands from it regardless, however, the session will be a -batch mode session, exactly as if the -.Fl s -option had been specified. -.Pp -.Nm Ex/vi -exits 0 on success, and greater than 0 if an error occurs. -.Sh FAST STARTUP -This section will tell you the minimum amount that you need to -do simple editing tasks using -.Nm \&vi . -If you've never used any screen editor before, you're likely to have -problems even with this simple introduction. -In that case you should find someone that already knows -.Nm \&vi -and have them walk you through this section. -.Pp -.Nm \&Vi -is a screen editor. -This means that it takes up almost the entire screen, displaying part -of the file on each screen line, except for the last line of the screen. -The last line of the screen is used for you to give commands to -.Nm \&vi , -and for -.Nm \&vi -to give information to you. -.Pp -The other fact that you need to understand is that -.Nm \&vi -is a modeful editor, i.e. you are either entering text or you -are executing commands, and you have to be in the right mode -to do one or the other. -You will be in command mode when you first start editing a file. -There are commands that switch you into input mode. -There is only one key that takes you out of input mode, -and that is the <escape> key. -(Key names are written using less-than and greater-than signs, e.g. -<escape> means the -.Dq escape -key, usually labeled -.Dq esc -on your terminal's keyboard.) -If you're ever confused as to which mode you're in, -keep entering the <escape> key until -.Nm \&vi -beeps at you. -(Generally, -.Nm \&vi -will beep at you if you try and do something that's not allowed. -It will also display error messages.) -.Pp -To start editing a file, enter the command -.Dq Li "vi file_name<carriage-return>" . -The command you should enter as soon as you start editing is -.Dq Li ":set verbose showmode<carriage-return>" . -This will make the editor give you verbose error messages and display -the current mode at the bottom of the screen. -.Pp -The commands to move around the file are: -.Bl -tag -width XXXX -compact -.It Sy h -Move the cursor left one character. -.It Sy j -Move the cursor down one line. -.It Sy k -Move the cursor up one line. -.It Sy l -Move the cursor right one character. -.It Sy <cursor-arrows> -The cursor arrow keys should work, too. -.It Sy /text<carriage-return> -Search for the string -.Dq text -in the file, and move the cursor to its first character. -.El -.Pp -The commands to enter new text are: -.Bl -tag -width XXXX -compact -.It Sy a -Append new text, -.Em after -the cursor. -.It Sy i -Insert new text, -.Em before -the cursor. -.It Sy o -Open a new line below the line the cursor is on, and start -entering text. -.It Sy O -Open a new line above the line the cursor is on, and start -entering text. -.It Sy <escape> -Once you've entered input mode using the one of the -.Sy \&a , -.Sy \&i , -.Sy \&O , -or -.Sy \&o -commands, use -.Sy <escape> -to quit entering text and return to command mode. -.El -.Pp -The commands to copy text are: -.Bl -tag -width XXXX -compact -.It Sy yy -Copy the line the cursor is on. -.It Sy p -Append the copied line after the line the cursor is on. -.El -.Pp -The commands to delete text are: -.Bl -tag -width XXXX -compact -.It Sy dd -Delete the line the cursor is on. -.It Sy x -Delete the character the cursor is on. -.El -.Pp -The commands to write the file are: -.Bl -tag -width XXXX -compact -.It Sy :w<carriage-return> -Write the file back to the file with the name that you originally used -as an argument on the -.Nm \&vi -command line. -.It Sy :w file_name<carriage-return> -Write the file back to the file with the name -.Dq file_name . -.El -.Pp -The commands to quit editing and exit the editor are: -.Bl -tag -width XXXX -compact -.It Sy :q<carriage-return> -Quit editing and leave vi (if you've modified the file, but not -saved your changes, -.Nm \&vi -will refuse to quit). -.It Sy :q!<carriage-return> -Quit, discarding any modifications that you may have made. -.El -.Pp -One final caution. -Unusual characters can take up more than one column on the screen, -and long lines can take up more than a single screen line. -The above commands work on -.Dq physical -characters and lines, i.e. they affect the entire line no matter -how many screen lines it takes up and the entire character no matter -how many screen columns it takes up. -.Sh VI COMMANDS -The following section describes the commands available in the command -mode of the -.Nm \&vi -editor. -In each entry below, the tag line is a usage synopsis for the command -character. -.sp -.Bl -tag -width "XXXX" -compact -.It Sy "[count] <control-A>" -Search forward -.Li count -times for the current word. -.It Sy "[count] <control-B>" -Page backwards -.Li count -screens. -.It Sy "[count] <control-D>" -Scroll forward -.Li count -lines. -.It Sy "[count] <control-E>" -Scroll forward -.Li count -lines, leaving the current line and column as is, if possible. -.It Sy "[count] <control-F>" -Page forward -.Li count -screens. -.It Sy "<control-G>" -Display the file information. -.It Sy "<control-H>" -.It Sy "[count] h" -Move the cursor back -.Li count -characters in the current line. -.It Sy "[count] <control-J>" -.It Sy "[count] <control-N>" -.It Sy "[count] j" -Move the cursor down -.Li count -lines without changing the current column. -.It Sy "<control-L>" -.It Sy "<control-R>" -Repaint the screen. -.It Sy "[count] <control-M>" -.It Sy "[count] +" -Move the cursor down -.Li count -lines to the first nonblank character of that line. -.It Sy "[count] <control-P>" -.It Sy "[count] k" -Move the cursor up -.Li count -lines, without changing the current column. -.It Sy "<control-T>" -Return to the most recent tag context. -.It Sy "<control-U>" -Scroll backwards -.Li count -lines. -.It Sy "<control-W>" -Switch to the next lower screen in the window, or, to the first -screen if there are no lower screens in the window. -.It Sy "<control-Y>" -Scroll backwards -.Li count -lines, leaving the current line and column as is, if possible. -.It Sy "<control-Z>" -Suspend the current editor session. -.It Sy "<escape>" -Execute -.Nm \&ex -commands or cancel partial commands. -.It Sy "<control-]>" -Push a tag reference onto the tag stack. -.It Sy "<control-^>" -Switch to the most recently edited file. -.It Sy "[count] <space>" -.It Sy "[count] l" -Move the cursor forward -.Li count -characters without changing the current line. -.It Sy "[count] ! motion shell-argument(s)" -Replace text with results from a shell command. -.It Sy "[count] # +|-|#" -Increment or decrement the cursor number. -.It Sy "[count] $" -Move the cursor to the end of a line. -.It Sy "%" -Move to the matching character. -.It Sy "&" -Repeat the previous substitution command on the current line. -.It Sy "'<character>" -.It Sy "`<character>" -Return to a context marked by the character -.Li <character> . -.It Sy "[count] (" -Back up -.Li count -sentences. -.It Sy "[count] )" -Move forward -.Li count -sentences. -.It Sy "[count] ," -Reverse find character -.Li count -times. -.It Sy "[count] -" -Move to first nonblank of the previous line, -.Li count -times. -.It Sy "[count] ." -Repeat the last -.Nm \&vi -command that modified text. -.It Sy "/RE<carriage-return>" -.It Sy "/RE/ [offset]<carriage-return>" -.It Sy "?RE<carriage-return>" -.It Sy "?RE? [offset]<carriage-return>" -.It Sy "N" -.It Sy "n" -Search forward or backward for a regular expression. -.It Sy "0" -Move to the first character in the current line. -.It Sy ":" -Execute an ex command. -.It Sy "[count] ;" -Repeat the last character find -.Li count -times. -.It Sy "[count] < motion" -.It Sy "[count] > motion" -Shift lines left or right. -.It Sy "@ buffer" -Execute a named buffer. -.It Sy "[count] A" -Enter input mode, appending the text after the end of the line. -.It Sy "[count] B" -Move backwards -.Li count -bigwords. -.It Sy "[buffer] [count] C" -Change text from the current position to the end-of-line. -.It Sy "[buffer] D" -Delete text from the current position to the end-of-line. -.It Sy "[count] E" -Move forward -.Li count -end-of-bigwords. -.It Sy "[count] F <character>" -Search -.Li count -times backward through the current line for -.Li <character> . -.It Sy "[count] G" -Move to line -.Li count , -or the last line of the file if -.Li count -not specified. -.It Sy "[count] H" -Move to the screen line -.Li "count - 1" -lines below the top of the screen. -.It Sy "[count] I" -Enter input mode, inserting the text at the beginning of the line. -.It Sy "[count] J" -Join lines. -.It Sy "[count] L" -Move to the screen line -.Li "count - 1" -lines above the bottom of the screen. -.It Sy " M" -Move to the screen line in the middle of the screen. -.It Sy "[count] O" -Enter input mode, appending text in a new line above the current line. -.It Sy "[buffer] P" -Insert text from a buffer. -.It Sy "Q" -Exit -.Nm \&vi -(or visual) mode and switch to -.Nm \&ex -mode. -.It Sy "[count] R" -Enter input mode, replacing the characters in the current line. -.It Sy "[buffer] [count] S" -Substitute -.Li count -lines. -.It Sy "[count] T <character>" -Search backwards, -.Li count -times, -through the current line for the character -.Em after -the specified -.Li <character> . -.It Sy "U" -Restore the current line to its state before the cursor last -moved to it. -.It Sy "[count] W" -Move forward -.Li count -bigwords. -.It Sy "[buffer] [count] X" -Delete -.Li count -characters before the cursor. -.It Sy "[buffer] [count] Y" -Copy (or -.Dq yank ) -.Li count -lines into the specified buffer. -.It Sy "ZZ" -Write the file and exit -.Nm \&vi . -.It Sy "[count] [[" -Back up -.Li count -section boundaries. -.It Sy "[count] ]]" -Move forward -.Li count -section boundaries. -.It Sy "\&^" -Move to first nonblank character on the current line. -.It Sy "[count] _" -Move down -.Li "count - 1" -lines, to the first nonblank character. -.It Sy "[count] a" -Enter input mode, appending the text after the cursor. -.It Sy "[count] b" -Move backwards -.Li count -words. -.It Sy "[buffer] [count] c motion" -Change a region of text. -.It Sy "[buffer] [count] d motion" -Delete a region of text. -.It Sy "[count] e" -Move forward -.Li count -end-of-words. -.It Sy "[count] f<character>" -Search forward, -.Li count -times, through the rest of the current line for -.Li <character> . -.It Sy "[count] i" -Enter input mode, inserting the text before the cursor. -.It Sy "m <character>" -Save the current context (line and column) as -.Li <character> . -.It Sy "[count] o" -Enter input mode, appending text in a new line under the current line. -.It Sy "[buffer] p" -Append text from a buffer. -.It Sy "[count] r <character> -Replace -.Li count -characters. -.It Sy "[buffer] [count] s" -Substitute -.Li count -characters in the current line starting with the current character. -.It Sy "[count] t <character>" -Search forward, -.Li count -times, through the current line for the character immediately -.Em before -.Li <character> . -.It Sy "u" -Undo the last change made to the file. -.It Sy "[count] w" -Move forward -.Li count -words. -.It Sy "[buffer] [count] x" -Delete -.Li count -characters. -.It Sy "[buffer] [count] y motion" -Copy (or -.Dq yank ) -a text region specified by the -.Li count -and motion into a buffer. -.It Sy "[count1] z [count2] -|.|+|^|<carriage-return>" -Redraw, optionally repositioning and resizing the screen. -.It Sy "[count] {" -Move backward -.Li count -paragraphs. -.It Sy "[count] |" -Move to a specific -.Em column -position on the current line. -.It Sy "[count] }" -Move forward -.Li count -paragraphs. -.It Sy "[count] ~" -Reverse the case of the next -.Li count -character(s). -.It Sy "[count] ~ motion" -Reverse the case of the characters in a text region specified by the -.Li count -and -.Li motion . -.It Sy "<interrupt>" -Interrupt the current operation. -.El -.Sh VI TEXT INPUT COMMANDS -The following section describes the commands available in the text -input mode of the -.Nm \&vi -editor. -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width "XXXX" -compact -.It Sy "<nul>" -Replay the previous input. -.It Sy "<control-D>" -Erase the previous autoindent character. -.It Sy "^<control-D>" -Erase all of the autoindent characters, and reset the autoindent level. -.It Sy "0<control-D>" -Erase all of the autoindent characters. -.It Sy "<control-T>" -Insert sufficient -.Li <tab> -and -.Li <space> -characters to move the cursor forward to a column immediately -after the next column which is an even multiple of the -.Sy shiftwidth -option. -.It Sy "<erase> -.It Sy "<control-H>" -Erase the last character. -.It Sy "<literal next>" -Quote the next character. -.It Sy "<escape> -Resolve all text input into the file, and return to command mode. -.It Sy "<line erase> -Erase the current line. -.It Sy "<control-W>" -.It Sy "<word erase> -Erase the last word. -The definition of word is dependent on the -.Sy altwerase -and -.Sy ttywerase -options. -.It Sy "<control-X>[0-9A-Fa-f]*" -Insert a character with the specified hexadecimal value into the text. -.It Sy "<interrupt>" -Interrupt text input mode, returning to command mode. -.El -.Sh EX COMMANDS -The following section describes the commands available in the -.Nm \&ex -editor. -In each entry below, the tag line is a usage synopsis for the command. -.sp -.Bl -tag -width "XXXX" -compact -.It Sy "<end-of-file>" -Scroll the screen. -.It Sy "! argument(s)" -.It Sy "[range]! argument(s)" -Execute a shell command, or filter lines through a shell command. -.It Sy \&" -A comment. -.It Sy "[range] nu[mber] [count] [flags]" -.It Sy "[range] # [count] [flags]" -Display the selected lines, each preceded with its line number. -.It Sy "@ buffer" -.It Sy "* buffer" -Execute a buffer. -.It Sy "[range] d[elete] [buffer] [count] [flags]" -Delete the lines from the file. -.It Sy "di[splay] b[uffers] | s[creens] | t[ags]" -Display buffers, screens or tags. -.It Sy "e[dit][!] [+cmd] [file]" -.It Sy "ex[!] [+cmd] [file]" -Edit a different file. -.It Sy "exu[sage] [command]" -Display usage for an -.Nm \&ex -command. -.It Sy "f[ile] [file]" -Display and optionally change the file name. -.It Sy "fg [name]" -.Nm \&Vi -mode only. -Foreground the specified screen. -.It Sy "[range] g[lobal] /pattern/ [commands]" -.It Sy "[range] v /pattern/ [commands] -Apply commands to lines matching (or not matching) a pattern. -.It Sy "he[lp]" -Display a help message. -.It Sy "[line] i[nsert][!]" -The input text is inserted before the specified line. -.It Sy "[range] j[oin][!] [count] [flags]" -Join lines of text together. -.It Sy "[range] l[ist] [count] [flags]" -Display the lines unambiguously. -.It Sy "map[!] [lhs rhs]" -Define or display maps (for -.Nm \&vi -only). -.It Sy "[line] ma[rk] <character>" -.It Sy "[line] k <character>" -Mark the line with the mark -.Li <character> . -.It Sy "[range] m[ove] line" -Move the specified lines after the target line. -.It Sy "mk[exrc][!] file" -Write the abbreviations, editor options and maps to the specified -file. -.It Sy "n[ext][!] [file ...]" -Edit the next file from the argument list. -.It Sy "[line] o[pen] /pattern/ [flags]" -Enter open mode. -.It Sy "pre[serve]" -Save the file in a form that can later be recovered using the -.Nm \&ex -.Fl r -option. -.It Sy "prev[ious][!]" -Edit the previous file from the argument list. -.It Sy "[range] p[rint] [count] [flags]" -Display the specified lines. -.It Sy "[line] pu[t] [buffer]" -Append buffer contents to the current line. -.It Sy "q[uit][!]" -End the editing session. -.It Sy "[line] r[ead][!] [file]" -Read a file. -.It Sy "rec[over] file" -Recover -.Li file -if it was previously saved. -.It Sy "res[ize] [+|-]size" -.Nm \&Vi -mode only. -Grow or shrink the current screen. -.It Sy "rew[ind][!]" -Rewind the argument list. -.It Sy "se[t] [option[=[value]] ...] [nooption ...] [option? ...] [all]" -Display or set editor options. -.It Sy "sh[ell]" -Run a shell program. -.It Sy "so[urce] file" -Read and execute -.Nm \&ex -commands from a file. -.It Sy "sp[lit] [file ...]" -.Nm \&Vi -mode only. -Split the screen. -.It Sy "[range] s[ubstitute] [/pattern/replace/] [options] [count] [flags]" -.It Sy "[range] & [options] [count] [flags]" -.It Sy "[range] ~ [options] [count] [flags]" -Make substitutions. -.It Sy "su[spend][!]" -.It Sy "st[op][!]" -.It Sy <suspend> -Suspend the edit session. -.It Sy "ta[g][!] tagstring" -Edit the file containing the specified tag. -.It Sy "tagp[op][!] [file | number]" -Pop to the specified tag in the tags stack. -.It Sy "unm[ap][!] lhs" -Unmap a mapped string. -.It Sy "ve[rsion]" -Display the version of the -.Nm \&ex/vi -editor. -.It Sy "[line] vi[sual] [type] [count] [flags]" -.Nm \&Ex -mode only. -Enter -.Nm \&vi . -.It Sy "vi[sual][!] [+cmd] [file]" -.Nm \&Vi -mode only. -Edit a new file. -.It Sy "viu[sage] [command]" -Display usage for a -.Nm \&vi -command. -.It Sy "[range] w[rite][!] [>>] [file]" -.It Sy "[range] w[rite] [!] [file]" -.It Sy "[range] wn[!] [>>] [file]" -.It Sy "[range] wq[!] [>>] [file]" -Write the file. -.It Sy "[range] x[it][!] [file]" -Write the file if it has been modified. -.It Sy "[range] ya[nk] [buffer] [count]" -Copy the specified lines to a buffer. -.It Sy "[line] z [type] [count] [flags]" -Adjust the window. -.El -.Sh SET OPTIONS -There are a large number of options that may be set (or unset) to -change the editor's behavior. -This section describes the options, their abbreviations and their -default values. -.Pp -In each entry below, the first part of the tag line is the full name -of the option, followed by any equivalent abbreviations. -The part in square brackets is the default value of the option. -Most of the options are boolean, i.e. they are either on or off, -and do not have an associated value. -.Pp -Options apply to both -.Nm \&ex -and -.Nm \&vi -modes, unless otherwise specified. -.sp -.Bl -tag -width "XXXX" -compact -.It Sy "altwerase [off]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Select an alternate word erase algorithm. -.It Sy "autoindent, ai [off]" -Automatically indent new lines. -.It Sy "autoprint, ap [off]" -.Nm \&Ex -only. -Display the current line automatically. -.It Sy "autowrite, aw [off]" -Write modified files automatically when changing files. -.It Sy "beautify, bf [off]" -Discard control characters. -.It Sy "cdpath [environment variable CDPATH, or current directory]" -The directory paths used as path prefixes for the -.Sy cd -command. -.It Sy "columns, co [80]" -Set the number of columns in the screen. -.It Sy "comment [off]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Skip leading comments in files. -.It Sy "directory, dir [environment variable TMPDIR, or /tmp]" -The directory where temporary files are created. -.It Sy "edcompatible, ed [off]" -Remember the values of the -.Dq \&c -and -.Dq \&g -suffices to the -.Sy substitute -commands, instead of initializing them as unset for each new -command. -.It Sy "errorbells, eb [off]" -.Nm \&Ex -only. -Announce error messages with a bell. -.It Sy "exrc, ex [off]" -Never read startup files in the local directory. -.It Sy "extended [off]" -Regular expressions are extended (i.e. -.Xr egrep 1 -style) expressions. -.It Sy "flash [on]" -Flash the screen instead of beeping the keyboard on error. -.It Sy "hardtabs, ht [8]" -Set the spacing between hardware tab settings. -.It Sy "ignorecase, ic [off]" -Ignore case differences in regular expressions. -.It Sy "keytime [6]" -The 10th's of a second -.Nm ex/vi -waits for a subsequent key to complete a key mapping. -.It Sy "leftright [off]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Do left-right scrolling. -.It Sy "lines, li [24]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Set the number of lines in the screen. -.It Sy "lisp [off]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Modify various search commands and options to work with Lisp. -.Pp -.Em "This option is not yet implemented." -.It Sy "list [off]" -Display lines in an unambiguous fashion. -.It Sy "magic [on]" -Treat certain characters specially in regular expressions. -.It Sy "matchtime [7]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -The 10th's of a second -.Nm ex/vi -pauses on the matching character when the -.Sy showmatch -option is set. -.It Sy "mesg [on]" -Permit messages from other users. -.It Sy "modelines, modeline [off]" -Read the first and last few lines of each file for -.Nm ex -commands. -.Pp -.Em "This option will never be implemented." -.It Sy "number, nu [off]" -Precede each line displayed with its current line number. -.It Sy "octal [off]" -Display unknown characters as octal numbers, instead of the default -hexadecimal. -.It Sy "open [on]" -.Nm \&Ex -only. -If this option is not set, the -.Sy open -and -.Sy visual -commands are disallowed. -.It Sy "optimize, opt [on]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Optimize text throughput to dumb terminals. -.Pp -.Em "This option is not yet implemented." -.It Sy "paragraphs, para [IPLPPPQPP LIpplpipbp]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Define additional paragraph boundaries for the -.Sy \&{ -and -.Sy \&} -commands. -.It Sy "prompt [on]" -.Nm \&Ex -only. -Display a command prompt. -.It Sy "readonly, ro [off]" -Mark the file as read-only. -.It Sy "recdir [/var/tmp/vi.recover]" -The directory where recovery files are stored. -.It Sy "redraw, re [off]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Simulate an intelligent terminal on a dumb one. -.Pp -.Em "This option is not yet implemented." -.It Sy "remap [on]" -Remap keys until resolved. -.It Sy "report [5]" -Set the number of lines about which the editor reports changes -or yanks. -.It Sy "ruler [off]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Display a row/column ruler on the colon command line. -.It Sy "scroll, scr [window / 2]" -Set the number of lines scrolled. -.It Sy "sections, sect [NHSHH HUnhsh]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Define additional section boundaries for the -.Sy \&[[ -and -.Sy \&]] -commands. -.It Sy "shell, sh [environment variable SHELL, or /bin/sh]" -Select the shell used by the editor. -.It Sy "shiftwidth, sw [8]" -Set the autoindent and shift command indentation width. -.It Sy "showdirty [off]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Display an asterisk on the colon command line if the file has been modified. -.It Sy "showmatch, sm [off]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Note matching -.Dq \&{ -and -.Dq \&( -for -.Dq \&} -and -.Dq \&) -characters. -.It Sy "showmode [off]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Display the current editor mode (command or input). -.It Sy "sidescroll [16]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Set the amount a left-right scroll will shift. -.It Sy "slowopen, slow [off]" -Delay display updating during text input. -.Pp -.Em "This option is not yet implemented." -.It Sy "sourceany [off]" -Read startup files not owned by the current user. -.Pp -.Em "This option will never be implemented." -.It Sy "tabstop, ts [8]" -This option sets tab widths for the editor display. -.It Sy "taglength, tl [0]" -Set the number of significant characters in tag names. -.It Sy "tags, tag [tags /var/db/libc.tags /sys/kern/tags]" -Set the list of tags files. -.It Sy "term, ttytype, tty [environment variable TERM]" -Set the terminal type. -.It Sy "terse [off]" -This option has historically made editor messages less verbose. -It has no effect in this implementation. -.It Sy "tildeop" -Modify the -.Sy \&~ -command to take an associated motion. -.It Sy "timeout, to [on]" -Time out on keys which may be mapped. -.It Sy "ttywerase [off]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Select an alternate erase algorithm. -.It Sy "verbose [off]" -.NM \&Vi -only. -Display an error message for every error. -.It Sy "w300 [no default]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Set the window size if the baud rate is less than 1200 baud. -.It Sy "w1200 [no default]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Set the window size if the baud rate is equal to 1200 baud. -.It Sy "w9600 [no default]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Set the window size if the baud rate is greater than 1200 baud. -.It Sy "warn [on]" -.Nm \&Ex -only. -This option causes a warning message to the terminal if the file has -been modified, since it was last written, before a -.Sy \&! -command. -.It Sy "window, w, wi [environment variable LINES]" -Set the window size for the screen. -.It Sy "wrapmargin, wm [0]" -.Nm \&Vi -only. -Break lines automatically when they reach the right-hand margin. -.It Sy "wrapscan, ws [on]" -Set searches to wrap around the end or beginning of the file. -.It Sy "writeany, wa [off]" -Turn off file-overwriting checks. -.El -.Sh ENVIRONMENTAL VARIABLES -.Bl -tag -width "COLUMNSXX" -compact -.It Ev COLUMNS -The number of columns on the screen. -This value overrides any system or terminal specific values. -If the COLUMNS environmental variable is not set when -.Nm ex/vi -runs, or the -.Sy columns -option is explicitly reset by the user, -.Nm ex/vi -enters the value into the environment. -.It Ev EXINIT -A list of -.Nm \&ex -startup commands, read if the variable -.Ev NEXINIT -is not set. -.It Ev HOME -The user's home directory, used as the initial directory path -for the startup -.Pa $HOME/.nexrc -and -.Pa $HOME/.exrc -files. -This value is also used as the default directory for the -.Nm \&vi -.Sy \&cd -command. -.It Ev LINES -The number of rows on the screen. -This value overrides any system or terminal specific values. -If the LINES environmental variable is not set when -.Nm ex/vi -runs, or the -.Sy lines -option is explicitly reset by the user, -.Nm ex/vi -enters the value into the environment. -.It Ev NEXINIT -A list of -.Nm \&ex -startup commands. -.It Ev SHELL -The user's shell of choice (see also the -.Sy shell -option). -.It Ev TERM -The user's terminal type. -The default is the type -.Dq unknown . -If the TERM environmental variable is not set when -.Nm ex/vi -runs, or the -.Sy term -option is explicitly reset by the user, -.Nm ex/vi -enters the value into the environment. -.It Ev TMPDIR -The location used to stored temporary files (see also the -.Sy directory -option). -.El -.Sh ASYNCHRONOUS EVENTS -.Bl -tag -width "SIGWINCHXX" -compact -.It SIGALRM -.Nm \&Vi/ex -uses this signal for periodic backups of file modifications -and to display -.Dq busy -messages when operations are likely to take a long time. -.It SIGHUP -.It SIGTERM -If the current buffer has changed since it was last written in its -entirety, the editor attempts to save the modified file so it can -be later recovered. -See the -.Nm \&vi/ex -Reference manual section entitled -.Dq Recovery -for more information. -.It SIGINT -When an interrupt occurs, -the current operation is halted, -and the editor returns to the command level. -If interrupted during text input, -the text already input is resolved into the file as if the text -input had been normally terminated. -.It SIGWINCH -The screen is resized. -See the -.Nm \&vi/ex -Reference manual section entitled -.Dq "Sizing the Screen" -for more information. -.It SIGCONT -.It SIGQUIT -.It SIGTSTP -.Nm \&Vi/ex -ignores these signals. -.El -.Sh BUGS -See the file -.Pa nvi/docs/bugs.current -for a list of the known bugs in this version. -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width /var/tmp/vi.recover -compact -.It Pa /bin/sh -The default user shell. -.It Pa /etc/vi.exrc -System-wide vi startup file. -.It Pa /tmp -Temporary file directory. -.It Pa /var/tmp/vi.recover -The default recovery file directory. -.It Pa $HOME/.nexrc -1st choice for user's home directory startup file. -.It Pa $HOME/.exrc -2nd choice for user's home directory startup file. -.It Pa .nexrc -1st choice for local directory startup file. -.It Pa .exrc -2nd choice for local directory startup file. -.El -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr ctags 1 , -.Xr more 1 , -.Xr curses 3 , -.Xr dbopen 3 -.sp -The -.Dq "Vi Quick Reference" -card. -.sp -.Dq "\&An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi" , -found in the -.Dq "UNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents" -section of both the 4.3BSD and 4.4BSD manual sets. -This document is the closest thing available to an introduction to the -.Nm \&vi -screen editor. -.sp -.Dq "\&Ex Reference Manual (Version 3.7)" , -found in the -.Dq "UNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents" -section of both the 4.3BSD and 4.4BSD manual sets. -This document is the final reference for the -.Nm \&ex -editor, as distributed in most historic 4BSD and System V systems. -.sp -.Dq "Edit: A tutorial" , -found in the -.Dq "UNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents" -section of the 4.3BSD manual set. -This document is an introduction to a simple version of the -.Nm \&ex -screen editor. -.sp -.Dq "\&Ex/Vi Reference Manual" , -found in the -.Dq "UNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents" -section of the 4.4BSD manual set. -This document is the final reference for the -.Nm \&nex/nvi -text editors, as distributed in 4.4BSD and 4.4BSD-Lite. -.Pp -.Nm Roff -source for all of these documents is distributed with -.Nm nex/nvi -in the -.Pa nvi/USD.doc -directory of the -.Nm nex/nvi -source code. -.sp -The files -.Dq autowrite , -.Dq input , -.Dq quoting , -and -.Dq structures , -found in the -.Pa nvi/docs/internals -directory of the -.Nm nex/nvi -source code. -.Sh HISTORY -The -.Nm nex/nvi -replacements for the -.Nm ex/vi -editor first appeared in 4.4BSD. -.Sh STANDARDS -.Nm \&Nex/nvi -is close to IEEE Std1003.2 (``POSIX''). -That document differs from historical -.Nm ex/vi -practice in several places; there are changes to be made on both sides. diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/Makefile b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 65c4746f58a..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -# @(#)Makefile 8.1 (Berkeley) 8/14/93 - -DIR= usd/12.vi -SRCS= vi.in vi.chars -EXTRA= vi.apwh.ms vi.summary -MACROS= -msU -CLEANFILES+=summary.* viapwh.* - -paper.ps: ${SRCS} summary.ps viapwh.ps - ${TBL} ${SRCS} | ${ROFF} > ${.TARGET} - -summary.ps: vi.summary - ${TBL} vi.summary | ${ROFF} > ${.TARGET} - -viapwh.ps: vi.apwh.ms - ${ROFF} vi.apwh.ms > ${.TARGET} - -.include <bsd.doc.mk> diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.apwh.ms b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.apwh.ms deleted file mode 100644 index d0b62611c70..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.apwh.ms +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1079 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 -.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by the University of -.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. -.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors -.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -.\" without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" @(#)vi.apwh.ms 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93 -.\" -.TL -Vi Command & Function Reference -.AU CB 2675 -Alan P.W. Hewett -.sp -Revised for version 2.12 by Mark Horton -.CB -.NH 1 -Author's Disclaimer -.LP -This document does not claim to be 100% complete. There are a -few commands listed in the original document that I was unable -to test either because I do not speak \fBlisp\fR, because they -required programs we don't have, or because I wasn't able to make -them work. In these cases I left the command out. The commands -listed in this document have been tried and are known to work. -It is expected that prospective users of this document will read -it once to get the flavor of everything that \fBvi\fR can do -and then use it as a reference document. Experimentation is -recommended. If you don't understand a command, try it and -see what happens. -.LP -[Note: In revising this document, I have attempted to make it -completely reflect version 2.12 of -.B vi . -It does not attempt to document the VAX version (version 3), -but with one or two exceptions (wrapmargin, arrow keys) -everything said about 2.12 should apply to 3.1. -.I "Mark Horton" ] -.NH 1 -Notation -.LP -\fB[option]\fR is used to denote optional parts of a command. -Many \fBvi\fR commands have an optional count. \fB[cnt]\fR -means that an optional number may precede the command to -multiply or iterate the command. -\fB{variable item}\fR is used to denote parts of the command -which must appear, but can take a number of different values. -\fB<character [-character]>\fR means that the character or -one of the characters in the range described between the -two angle brackets is to be typed. -For example \fB<esc>\fR means -the \fBescape\fR key is to be typed. \fB<a-z>\fR means that a -lower case letter is to be typed. \fB^<character>\fR means that -the character is to be typed as a \fBcontrol\fR character, that is, -with the \fB<cntl>\fR key held down while simultaneously typing -the specified character. In this document control characters will -be denoted using the \fIupper case\fR character, but -^<uppercase chr> and ^<lowercase chr> are equivalent. That is, for -example, \fB<^D>\fR is equal to \fB<^d>\fR. -The most common character abbreviations -used in this list are as follows: -.VL 8 -.IP <esc> 8 -escape, octal 033 -.IP <cr> 8 -carriage return, ^M, octal 015 -.IP <lf> 8 -linefeed ^J, octal 012 -.IP <nl> 8 -newline, ^J, octal 012 (same as linefeed) -.IP <bs> 8 -backspace, ^H, octal 010 -.IP <tab> 8 -tab, ^I, octal 011 -.IP <bell> 8 -bell, ^G, octal 07 -.IP <ff> 8 -formfeed, ^L, octal 014 -.IP <sp> 8 -space, octal 040 -.IP <del> 8 -delete, octal 0177 -.LE -.sp 1 -.NH 1 -Basics -.LP -To run \fBvi\fR the shell variable \fBTERM\fR must be defined and -exported to your environment. -How you do this depends on which shell you are using. -You can tell which shell you have by the character it -prompts you for commands with. -The Bourne shell prompts with `$', and the C shell prompts with `%'. -For these examples, we will suppose -that you are using an HP 2621 terminal, whose termcap name is ``2621''. -.NH 2 -Bourne Shell -.LP -To manually set your terminal type to 2621 you would type: -.DS -TERM=2621 -export TERM -.DE -.PP -There are various ways of having this automatically or -semi-automatically done when you log in. -Suppose you usually dial in on a 2621. -You want to tell this to the machine, but still have it -work when you use a hardwired terminal. -The recommended way, if you have the -.B tset -program, is to use the sequence -.DS -tset \-s \-d 2621 > tset$$ -\&. tset$$ -rm tset$$ -.DE -in your .login (for csh) or the same thing using `.' instead of `source' -in your .profile (for sh). -The above line says that if you are dialing in you are on a 2621, -but if you are on a hardwired terminal it figures out your terminal -type from an on-line list. -.NH 2 -The C Shell -.LP -To manually set your terminal type to 2621 you would type: -.DS -setenv TERM 2621 -.DE -.PP -There are various ways of having this automatically or -semi-automatically done when you log in. -Suppose you usually dial in on a 2621. -You want to tell this to the machine, but still have it -work when you use a hardwired terminal. -The recommended way, if you have the -.B tset -program, is to use the sequence -.DS -tset \-s \-d 2621 > tset$$ -source tset$$ -rm tset$$ -.DE -in your .login.* -.FS -* On a version 6 system -without environments, the invocation of tset -is simpler, just add the line ``tset \-d 2621'' -to your .login or .profile. -.FE -The above line says that if you are dialing in you are on a 2621, -but if you are on a hardwired terminal it figures out your terminal -type from an on-line list. -.NH 1 -Normal Commands -.LP -\fBVi\fR is a visual editor with a window on the file. What -you see on the screen is \fBvi\fR's current notion of -what your file will contain, -(at this point in the file), -when it is written out. -Most commands do not cause any change in the screen until the -complete command is typed. Should you get confused while -typing a command, you can abort the command by typing an -<del> character. You will know you are back to command level -when you hear a <bell>. Usually typing an <esc> will produce the -same result. When \fBvi\fR gets an improperly formatted command -it rings the <bell>. -Following are the \fBvi\fR commands broken down by function. -.NH 2 -Entry and Exit -.LP -To enter -.B vi -on a particular -.I file , -type -.DS -\fBvi\fP \fIfile\fP -.DE -The file will be read in and the cursor will be placed at the beginning -of the first line. -The first screenfull of the file will be displayed on the terminal. -.PP -To get out of the editor, type -.DS -ZZ -.DE -If you are in some special mode, such as input mode -or the middle of a multi-keystroke command, it may -be necessary to type <esc> first. -.NH 2 -Cursor and Page Motion -.LP -.VL 16 -.B NOTE: -The arrow keys (see the next four commands) -on certain kinds of terminals will not work with the -PDP-11 version of vi. The control versions or the hjkl versions will -work on any terminal. Experienced users prefer the hjkl keys because -they are always right under their fingers. Beginners often prefer -the arrow keys, since they do not require memorization of which hjkl -key is which. -The mnemonic value of hjkl is clear from looking at the keyboard of an adm3a. -.sp -.IP "[cnt]<bs> or [cnt]h or [cnt]\(<-" 16 -.br -Move the cursor to the left one character. Cursor stops at the left -margin of the page. -If cnt is given, these commands move that many spaces. -.IP "[cnt]^N or [cnt]j or [cnt]\(da or [cnt]<lf>" 16 -.br -Move down one line. -Moving off the screen scrolls the window to force a new line -onto the screen. -Mnemonic: \fBN\fRext -.IP "[cnt]^P or [cnt]k or [cnt]\(ua" 16 -.br -Move up one line. -Moving off the top of the screen forces new text onto the screen. -Mnemonic: \fBP\fRrevious -.IP "[cnt]<sp> or [cnt]l or [cnt]\(->" 16 -.br -Move to the right one character. -Cursor will not go beyond the end of the line. -.IP [cnt]- 16 -Move the cursor up the screen to the beginning of the next line. -Scroll if necessary. -.IP "[cnt]+ or [cnt]<cr>" 16 -.sp 1 -Move the cursor down the screen to the beginning of the next line. -Scroll up if necessary. -.IP "[cnt]$" 16 -Move the cursor to the end of the line. -If there is a count, move to the end of the line "cnt" lines -forward in the file. -.IP "^" 16 -Move the cursor to the beginning of the first word on the line. -.IP "0" 16 -Move the cursor to the left margin of the current line. -.IP "[cnt]|" 16 -Move the cursor to the column specified by the count. The default is -column zero. -.IP "[cnt]w" 16 -Move the cursor to the beginning of the next word. If there -is a count, then move forward that many words and -position the cursor at the beginning of the word. -Mnemonic: next-\fBw\fRord -.IP "[cnt]W" 16 -Move the cursor to the beginning of the next word which follows -a "white space" (<sp>,<tab>, or <nl>). Ignore other punctuation. -.IP "[cnt]b" 16 -Move the cursor to the preceding word. Mnemonic: \fBb\fRackup-word -.IP "[cnt]B" 16 -Move the cursor to the preceding word that is separated from the -current word by a "white space" (<sp>,<tab>, or <nl>). -.IP "[cnt]e" 16 -Move the cursor to the end of the current word or the end of the -"cnt"'th word hence. Mnemonic: \fBe\fRnd-of-word -.IP "[cnt]E" 16 -Move the cursor to the end of the current word which is delimited by -"white space" (<sp>,<tab>, or <nl>). -.IP "[line number]G" 16 -.br -Move the cursor to the line specified. Of particular use are the -sequences "1G" and "G", which move the cursor to the beginning and -the end of the file respectively. Mnemonic: \fBG\fRo-to -.LP -.B NOTE: -The next four commands (^D, ^U, ^F, ^B) -are not true motion commands, in that they -cannot be used as the object of commands such as delete or change. -.IP "[cnt]^D" 16 -Move the cursor down in the file by "cnt" lines (or the last "cnt" -if a new count isn't given. The initial default is half a page.) The -screen is simultaneously scrolled up. Mnemonic: \fBD\fRown -.IP "[cnt]^U" 16 -Move the cursor up in the file by "cnt" lines. The screen is simultaneously -scrolled down. Mnemonic: \fBU\fRp -.IP "[cnt]^F" 16 -Move the cursor to the next page. A count moves that many pages. -Two lines of the previous page are kept on the screen for continuity if -possible. Mnemonic: \fBF\fRorward-a-page -.IP "[cnt]^B" 16 -Move the cursor to the previous page. Two lines of the current page -are kept if possible. Mnemonic: \fBB\fRackup-a-page -.IP "[cnt](" 16 -Move the cursor to the beginning of the next sentence. -A sentence is defined as ending with a ".", "!", or "?" -followed by two spaces or a <nl>. -.IP "[cnt])" 16 -Move the cursor backwards to the beginning of a sentence. -.IP "[cnt]}" 16 -Move the cursor to the beginning of the next paragraph. This command -works best inside \fBnroff\fR documents. It understands two sets of -\fBnroff\fR macros, \fB\-ms\fR and \fB\-mm\fR, for which the -commands ".IP", ".LP", ".PP", ".QP", "P", as well as the nroff command ".bp" -are considered to be paragraph delimiters. -A blank line also delimits a paragraph. -The \fBnroff\fR macros that it accepts as paragraph delimiters is -adjustable. See \fBparagraphs\fR under the \fBSet Commands\fR section. -.IP "[cnt]{" 16 -Move the cursor backwards to the beginning of a paragraph. -.IP "]]" 16 -Move the cursor to the next "section", where a section is defined by -two sets of \fBnroff\fR macros, \fB\-ms\fR and \fB\-mm\fR, in which -".NH", ".SH", and ".H" delimit a section. A line beginning with a <ff><nl> -sequence, or a line beginning with a "{" are also considered to -be section delimiters. The last option makes it -useful for finding the beginnings of C functions. -The \fBnroff\fR macros that are used for section delimiters can be adjusted. -See \fBsections\fR under the \fBSet Commands\fR section. -.IP "[[" 16 -Move the cursor backwards to the beginning of a section. -.IP "%" 16 -Move the cursor to the matching parenthesis -or brace. This is very useful in C or lisp code. If the -cursor is sitting on a \fB( ) {\fR or \fB}\fR the cursor -is moved to the matching character at the other end of the -section. If the cursor is not sitting on a brace or a -parenthesis, \fBvi\fR searches forward until it finds one -and then jumps to the match mate. -.IP "[cnt]H" 16 -If there is no count move the cursor to the top left position on the screen. -If there is a count, then move the cursor to the beginning of the line -"cnt" lines from the top of the screen. Mnemonic: \fBH\fRome -.IP "[cnt]L" 16 -If there is no count move the cursor to the beginning -of the last line on the screen. -If there is a count, then move the cursor to the beginning of the line -"cnt" lines from the bottom of the screen. Mnemonic: \fBL\fRast -.IP "M" 16 -Move the cursor to the beginning of the middle line on the screen. -Mnemonic: \fBM\fRiddle -.IP "m<a-z>" 16 -This command does not move the cursor, but it \fBmarks\fR the place -in the file and the character "<a-z>" becomes the label for referring -to this location in the file. See the next two commands. Mnemonic: -\fBm\fRark -.B NOTE: -The mark command is not a motion, and cannot be used as the target -of commands such as delete. -.IP "\(aa<a-z>" 16 -Move the cursor to the beginning of the line that is marked with the label -"<a-z>". -.IP "\(ga<a-z>" 16 -Move the cursor to the exact position on the line that was marked with -with the label "<a-z>". -.IP "\(aa\(aa" 16 -Move the cursor back to the beginning of the line where it was before the -last "non-relative" move. A "non-relative" move is something such as a -search or a jump to a specific line in the file, rather than moving the -cursor or scrolling the screen. -.IP "\(ga\(ga" 16 -Move the cursor back to the exact spot on the line where it was located -before the last "non-relative" move. -.LE -.NH 2 -Searches -.LP -The following commands allow you to search for items in a file. -.VL 16 -.IP [cnt]f{chr} 16 -.sp 1 -Search forward on the line for the next or "cnt"'th occurrence of -the character "chr". The cursor is placed \fBat\fR the character -of interest. Mnemonic: \fBf\fRind character -.IP [cnt]F{chr} 16 -.sp 1 -Search backwards on the line for the next or "cnt"'th occurrence of -the character "chr". The cursor is placed \fBat\fR the character -of interest. -.IP [cnt]t{chr} 16 -.sp 1 -Search forward on the line for the next or "cnt"'th occurrence of -the character "chr". The cursor is placed \fBjust preceding\fR -the character of interest. Mnemonic: move cursor up \fBt\fRo character -.IP [cnt]T{chr} 16 -.sp 1 -Search backwards on the line for the next or "cnt"'th occurrence of -the character "chr". The cursor is placed \fBjust preceding\fR -the character of interest. -.IP "[cnt];" 16 -Repeat the last "f", "F", "t" or "T" command. -.IP "[cnt]," 16 -Repeat the last "f", "F", "t" or "T" command, but in the opposite -search direction. This is useful if you overshoot. -.IP "[cnt]/[string]/<nl>" 16 -.br -Search forward for the next occurrence of "string". -Wrap around at the end of the file -does occur. -The final \fB</>\fR is not required. -.IP "[cnt]?[string]?<nl>" 16 -.br -Search backwards for the next occurrence of "string". If a count is -specified, the count becomes the new window size. Wrap around at the beginning -of the file does occur. -The final \fB<?>\fR is not required. -.IP n 16 -Repeat the last /[string]/ or ?[string]? search. Mnemonic: \fBn\fRext -occurrence. -.IP N 16 -Repeat the last /[string]/ or ?[string]? search, but in the reverse -direction. -.IP ":g/[string]/[editor command]<nl>" 16 -.sp 1 -Using the \fB:\fR syntax it is possible to do global searches ala the -standard UNIX "ed" editor. -.LE -.NH 2 -Text Insertion -.LP -The following commands allow for the insertion of text. All multicharacter -text insertions are terminated with an <esc> character. -The last change -can always be \fBundone\fR by typing a \fBu\fR. -The text insert in insertion mode can contain newlines. -.VL 16 -.IP a{text}<esc> 16 -Insert text immediately following the cursor position. -Mnemonic: \fBa\fRppend -.IP A{text}<esc> 16 -Insert text at the end of the current line. -Mnemonic: \fBA\fRppend -.IP i{text}<esc> 16 -Insert text immediately preceding the cursor position. -Mnemonic: \fBi\fRnsert -.IP I{text}<esc> 16 -Insert text at the beginning of the current line. -.IP o{text}<esc> 16 -Insert a new line after the line on which the cursor appears and -insert text there. Mnemonic: \fBo\fRpen new line -.IP O{text}<esc> 16 -Insert a new line preceding the line on which the cursor appears -and insert text there. -.LE -.NH 2 -Text Deletion -.LP -The following commands allow the user to delete text in various ways. -All changes can always be \fBundone\fR by typing the \fBu\fR command. -.VL 16 -.IP "[cnt]x" 16 -Delete the character or characters starting at the cursor position. -.IP "[cnt]X" 16 -Delete the character or characters starting at the character preceding -the cursor position. -.IP "D" 16 -Deletes the remainder of the line starting at the cursor. -Mnemonic: \fBD\fRelete the rest of line -.IP "[cnt]d{motion}" 16 -.br -Deletes one or more occurrences of the specified motion. -Any motion from sections 4.1 and 4.2 can be used here. -The d can be stuttered (e.g. [cnt]dd) to delete cnt lines. -.LE -.NH 2 -Text Replacement -.LP -The following commands allow the user to simultaneously delete and -insert new text. All such actions can be \fBundone\fR by typing -\fBu\fR following the command. -.VL 16 -.IP "r<chr>" 16 -Replaces the character at the current cursor position with <chr>. This -is a one character replacement. No <esc> is required for termination. -Mnemonic: \fBr\fReplace character -.IP "R{text}<esc>" 16 -Starts overlaying the characters on the screen with whatever you type. -It does not stop until an <esc> is typed. -.IP "[cnt]s{text}<esc>" 16 -Substitute for "cnt" characters beginning at the current cursor -position. A "$" will appear at the position in the text where the -"cnt"'th character appears so you will know how much you are erasing. -Mnemonic: \fBs\fRubstitute -.IP "[cnt]S{text}<esc>" 16 -Substitute for the entire current line (or lines). If no count is given, -a "$" appears at the end of the current line. If a count of more than -1 is given, all the lines to be replaced are deleted before the insertion -begins. -.IP "[cnt]c{motion}{text}<esc>" 16 -.br -Change the specified "motion" by replacing it with the -insertion text. A "$" will appear at the end of the last item -that is being deleted unless the deletion involves whole lines. -Motion's can be any motion from sections 4.1 or 4.2. -Stuttering the c (e.g. [cnt]cc) changes cnt lines. -.LE -.NH 2 -Moving Text -.LP -\fBVi\fR provides a number of ways of moving chunks of text around. -There are nine buffers into which each piece of text which is deleted -or "yanked" is put in addition to the "undo" buffer. -The most recent deletion or yank is in the "undo" buffer and also -usually in buffer -1, the next most recent in buffer 2, and so forth. Each new deletion -pushes down all the older deletions. Deletions older than 9 -disappear. There is also -a set of named registers, a-z, into which text can optionally -be placed. If any delete or replacement type command is preceded -by \fB"<a-z>\fR, that named buffer will contain the text deleted -after the command is executed. For example, \fB"a3dd\fR will delete -three lines starting at the current line and put them in buffer \fB"a\fR.* -.FS -* Referring to an upper case letter as a buffer name (A-Z) is the -same as referring to the lower case letter, except that text placed -in such a buffer is appended to it instead of replacing it. -.FE -There are two more basic commands and -some variations useful in getting and putting text into a file. -.VL 16 -.IP ["<a-z>][cnt]y{motion} 16 -.sp 1 -Yank the specified item or "cnt" items and put in the "undo" buffer or -the specified buffer. The variety of "items" that can be yanked -is the same as those that can be deleted with the "d" command or -changed with the "c" command. In the same way that "dd" means -delete the current line and "cc" means replace the current line, -"yy" means yank the current line. -.IP ["<a-z>][cnt]Y 16 -Yank the current line or the "cnt" lines starting from the current -line. If no buffer is specified, they will go into the "undo" buffer, -like any delete would. It is equivalent to "yy". -Mnemonic: \fBY\fRank -.IP ["<a-z>]p 16 -Put "undo" buffer or the specified buffer down \fBafter\fR the cursor. -If whole lines were yanked or deleted into the buffer, then they will be -put down on the line following the line the cursor is on. If -something else was deleted, like a word or sentence, then it will -be inserted immediately following the cursor. -Mnemonic: \fBp\fRut buffer -.IP -It should be noted that text in the named buffers remains there when you -start editing a new file with the \fB:e file<esc>\fR command. Since -this is so, it is possible to copy or delete text from one file and -carry it over to another file in the buffers. -However, the undo buffer and the ability to undo are lost when -changing files. -.IP ["<a-z>]P 16 -Put "undo" buffer or the specified buffer down \fBbefore\fR the cursor. -If whole lines where yanked or deleted into the buffer, then they will be -put down on the line preceding the line the cursor is on. If -something else was deleted, like a word or sentence, then it will -be inserted immediately preceding the cursor. -.IP [cnt]>{motion} 16 -The shift operator will right shift all the text from the line on which -the cursor is located to the line where the \fBmotion\fR is located. -The text is shifted by one \fBshiftwidth\fR. (See section 6.) -\fB>>\fR means right shift the current line or lines. -.IP [cnt]<{motion} 16 -The shift operator will left shift all the text from the line on which -the cursor is located to the line where the \fBitem\fR is located. -The text is shifted by one \fBshiftwidth\fR. (See section 6.) -\fB<<\fR means left shift the current line or lines. -Once the line has reached the left margin it is not further affected. -.IP [cnt]={motion} 16 -Prettyprints the indicated area according to -.B lisp -conventions. -The area should be a lisp s-expression. -.LE -.NH 2 -Miscellaneous Commands -.LP -\fBVi\fR has a number of miscellaneous commands that are very -useful. They are: -.VL 16 -.IP ZZ 16 -This is the normal way to exit from vi. -If any changes have been made, the file is written out. -Then you are returned to the shell. -.IP ^L 16 -Redraw the current screen. This is useful if someone "write"s you -while you are in "vi" or if for any reason garbage gets onto the -screen. -.IP ^R 16 -On dumb terminals, those not having the "delete line" function -(the vt100 is such a terminal), \fBvi\fR saves redrawing the -screen when you delete a line by just marking the line with an -"@" at the beginning and blanking the line. If you want to -actually get rid of the lines marked with "@" and see what the -page looks like, typing a ^R will do this. -.IP \s+4.\s0 16 -"Dot" is a particularly useful command. It repeats the last -text modifying command. Therefore you can type a command once and -then to another place and repeat it by just typing ".". -.IP u 16 -Perhaps the most important command in the editor, -u undoes the last command that changed the buffer. -Mnemonic: \fBu\fRndo -.IP U 16 -Undo all the text modifying commands performed on the current line -since the last time you moved onto it. -.IP [cnt]J 16 -Join the current line and the following line. The <nl> is deleted -and the two lines joined, usually with a space between the -end of the first line and the beginning of what was the second -line. If the first line ended with a "period", then two spaces -are inserted. -A count joins the next cnt lines. -Mnemonic: \fBJ\fRoin lines -.IP Q 16 -Switch to \fBex\fR editing mode. -In this mode \fBvi\fR will behave very much like \fBed\fR. -The editor in this mode will operate on single lines normally and -will not attempt to keep the "window" up to date. -Once in this mode it is also possible to switch to the \fBopen\fR -mode of editing. By entering the command \fB[line number]open<nl>\fR -you enter this mode. It is similar to the normal visual mode -except the window is only \fBone\fR line long. -Mnemonic: \fBQ\fRuit visual mode -.IP ^] 16 -An abbreviation for a tag command. -The cursor should be positioned at the beginning of a word. -That word is taken as a tag name, and the tag with that -name is found as if it had been typed in a :tag command. -.IP [cnt]!{motion}{UNIX\ cmd}<nl> 16 -.br -Any UNIX filter -(e.g. command that reads the standard input and outputs something -to the standard output) can be sent a section of the current file and -have the output of the command replace the original text. Useful -examples are programs like \fBcb\fR, \fBsort\fR, and -\fBnroff\fR. For instance, using \fBsort\fR it would be possible to -sort a section of the current file into a new list. -Using \fB!!\fR means take a line or lines starting at the line the -cursor is currently on and pass them to the UNIX command. -.B NOTE: -To just escape to the shell for one command, -use :!{cmd}<nl>, see section 5. -.IP z{cnt}<nl> 16 -This resets the current window size to "cnt" lines and redraws the screen. -.LE -.NH 2 -Special Insert Characters -.LP -There are some characters that have special meanings during -insert modes. They are: -.VL 16 -.IP ^V 16 -During inserts, typing a ^V allows you to quote control characters -into the file. Any character typed after the ^V will be inserted -into the file. -.IP [^]^D\ or\ [0]^D 16 -<^D> without any argument backs up one \fBshiftwidth\fR. This is necessary -to remove indentation that was inserted by the \fBautoindent\fR feature. -^<^D> temporarily removes all the autoindentation, thus placing the cursor -at the left margin. On the next line, the previous indent level will be -restored. This is useful for putting "labels" at the left margin. -0<^D> says remove all autoindents and stay that way. Thus the cursor -moves to the left margin and stays there on successive lines until -<tab>'s are typed. As with the <tab>, the <^D> is only effective before -any other "non-autoindent" controlling characters are typed. -Mnemonic: \fBD\fRelete a shiftwidth -.IP ^W 16 -If the cursor is sitting on a word, <^W> moves the cursor back to the beginning -of the word, thus erasing the word from the insert. -Mnemonic: erase \fBW\fRord -.IP <bs> 16 -The backspace always serves as an erase during insert modes in addition -to your normal "erase" character. To insert a <bs> into your file, use -the <^V> to quote it. -.LE -.NH 1 -\fB:\fR Commands -.LP -Typing a ":" during command mode causes \fBvi\fR to put the cursor at -the bottom on the screen in preparation for a command. In the -":" mode, \fBvi\fR can be given most \fBed\fR commands. It is -also from this mode that you exit from \fBvi\fR or switch to different -files. All commands of this variety are terminated by a <nl>, <cr>, -or <esc>. -.VL 16 -.IP ":w[!] [file]" 16 -Causes \fBvi\fR to write out the current text to the disk. It is -written to the file you are editing unless "file" is supplied. If -"file" is supplied, the write is directed to that file instead. If -that file already exists, \fBvi\fR will not perform the write unless -the "!" is supplied indicating you -.I really -want to destroy the older copy of the file. -.IP :q[!] 16 -Causes \fBvi\fR to exit. If you have modified the file you are -looking at currently and haven't written it out, \fBvi\fR will -refuse to exit unless the "!" is supplied. -.IP ":e[!] [+[cmd]] [file]" 16 -.sp 1 -Start editing a new file called "file" or start editing the current -file over again. The command ":e!" says "ignore the changes I've made -to this file and start over from the beginning". It is useful if -you really mess up the file. The optional "+" says instead of starting -at the beginning, start at the "end", or, -if "cmd" is supplied, execute "cmd" first. -Useful cases of this are where cmd is "n" (any integer) which starts -at line number n, -and "/text", which searches for "text" and starts at the line where -it is found. -.IP "^^" 16 -Switch back to the place you were before your last tag command. -If your last tag command stayed within the file, ^^ returns to that tag. -If you have no recent tag command, it will return to the -same place in the previous file that it was showing when you switched -to the current file. -.IP ":n[!]" 16 -Start editing the next file in the argument list. Since \fBvi\fR -can be called with multiple file names, the ":n" command tells it to -stop work on the current file and switch to the next file. If the -current file was modifies, it has to be written out before the ":n" -will work or else the "!" must be supplied, which says discard the -changes I made to the current file. -.IP ":n[!] file [file file ...]" 16 -.sp -Replace the current argument list with a new list of files and start -editing the first file in this new list. -.IP ":r file" 16 -Read in a copy of "file" on the line after the cursor. -.IP ":r !cmd" 16 -Execute the "cmd" and take its output and put it into the file after -the current line. -.IP ":!cmd" 16 -Execute any UNIX shell command. -.IP ":ta[!] tag" 16 -.B Vi -looks in the file named -.B tags -in the current directory. -.B Tags -is a file of lines in the format: -.sp 1 -.ti +8 -tag filename \fBvi\fR-search-command -.sp 1 -If \fBvi\fR finds the tag you specified in the \fB:ta\fR command, -it stops editing the current file if necessary and if the current file is -up to date on the disk and switches to the file specified and uses the -search pattern specified to find the "tagged" item of interest. This -is particularly useful when editing multi-file C programs such as the -operating system. There is a program called \fBctags\fR which will -generate an appropriate \fBtags\fR file for C and f77 -programs so that by saying -\fB:ta function<nl>\fR you will be switched to that function. -It could also be useful when editing multi-file documents, though the -\fBtags\fR file would have to be generated manually. -.LE -.NH 1 -Special Arrangements for Startup -.PP -\fBVi\fR takes the value of \fB$TERM\fR and looks up the characteristics -of that terminal in the file \fB/etc/termcap\fR. -If you don't know \fBvi\fR's name for the terminal you are working -on, look in \fB/etc/termcap\fR. -.PP -When \fBvi\fR starts, it attempts to read the variable EXINIT -from your environment.* -If that exists, it takes the values in it as the default values -for certain of its internal constants. See the section on "Set Values" -for further details. -If EXINIT doesn't exist you will get all the normal defaults. -.FS -* On version 6 systems -Instead of EXINIT, put the startup commands in the file .exrc -in your home directory. -.FE -.PP -Should you inadvertently hang up the phone while inside -.B vi , -or should the computer crash, -all may not be lost. -Upon returning to the system, type: -.DS -vi \-r file -.DE -This will normally recover the file. If there is more than one -temporary file for a specific file name, \fBvi\fR recovers the -newest one. You can get an older version by recovering the -file more than once. -The command "vi -r" without a file name gives you the list of files -that were saved in the last system crash -(but -.I not -the file just saved when the phone was hung up). -.NH 1 -Set Commands -.LP -\fBVi\fR has a number of internal variables and switches which can be -set to achieve special affects. -These options come in three forms, those that are switches, which toggle -from off to on and back, those that require a numeric value, and those -that require an alphanumeric string value. -The toggle options are set by a command of the form: -.DS -:set option<nl> -.DE -and turned off with the command: -.DS -:set nooption<nl> -.DE -Commands requiring a value are set with a command of the form: -.DS -:set option=value<nl> -.DE -To display the value of a specific option type: -.DS -:set option?<nl> -.DE -To display only those that you have changed type: -.DS -:set<nl> -.DE -and to display the long table of all the settable parameters and -their current values type: -.DS -:set all<nl> -.DE -.PP -Most of the options have a long form and an abbreviation. Both are -listed in the following table as well as the normal default value. -.PP -To arrange to have values other than the default used every time you -enter -.B vi , -place the appropriate -.B set -command in EXINIT in your environment, e.g. -.DS -EXINIT='set ai aw terse sh=/bin/csh' -export EXINIT -.DE -or -.DS -setenv EXINIT 'set ai aw terse sh=/bin/csh' -.DE -for -.B sh -and -.B csh , -respectively. -These are usually placed in your .profile or .login. -If you are running a system without environments (such as version 6) -you can place the set command in the file .exrc in your home -directory. -.VL 16 -.IP autoindent\ ai 16 -Default: noai Type: toggle -.br -When in autoindent mode, vi helps you indent code by starting each -line in the same column as the preceding line. -Tabbing to the right with <tab> or <^T> will move this boundary to -the right, and it can be moved to the left with <^D>. -.IP autoprint\ ap 16 -Default: ap Type: toggle -.br -Causes the current line to be printed after each ex text modifying command. -This is not of much interest in the normal \fBvi\fR visual mode. -.IP autowrite\ aw 16 -Default: noaw type: toggle -.br -Autowrite causes an automatic write to be done if there are unsaved -changes before certain commands which change files or otherwise -interact with the outside world. -These commands are :!, :tag, :next, :rewind, ^^, and ^]. -.IP beautify\ bf 16 -Default: nobf Type: toggle -.br -Causes all control characters except <tab>, <nl>, and <ff> to be discarded. -.IP directory\ dir 16 -Default: dir=/tmp Type: string -.br -This is the directory in which \fBvi\fR puts its temporary file. -.IP errorbells\ eb 16 -Default: noeb Type: toggle -.br -Error messages are preceded by a <bell>. -.IP hardtabs\ ht 16 -Default: hardtabs=8 Type: numeric -.br -This option contains the value of hardware tabs in your terminal, or -of software tabs expanded by the Unix system. -.IP ignorecase\ ic 16 -Default: noic Type: toggle -.br -All upper case characters are mapped to lower case in regular expression -matching. -.IP lisp 16 -Default: nolisp Type: toggle -.br -Autoindent for \fBlisp\fR code. The commands \fB( ) [[\fR and \fB]]\fR -are modified appropriately to affect s-expressions and functions. -.IP list 16 -Default: nolist Type: toggle -.br -All printed lines have the <tab> and <nl> characters displayed visually. -.IP magic 16 -Default: magic Type: toggle -.br -Enable the metacharacters for matching. These include \fB. * < > [string] -[^string]\fR and \fB[<chr>-<chr>]\fR. -.IP number\ nu 16 -Default: nonu Type: toggle -.br -Each line is displayed with its line number. -.IP open 16 -Default: open Type: toggle -.br -When set, prevents entering open or visual modes from ex or edit. -Not of interest from vi. -.IP optimize\ opt 16 -Default: opt Type: toggle -.br -Basically of use only when using the \fBex\fR capabilities. This -option prevents automatic <cr>s from taking place, -and speeds up output of indented lines, -at the expense of losing typeahead on some versions of UNIX. -.IP paragraphs\ para 16 -Default: para=IPLPPPQPP\ bp Type: string -.br -Each pair of characters in the string indicate \fBnroff\fR macros -which are to be treated as the beginning of a paragraph for the -\fB{\fR and \fB}\fR commands. The default string is for the \fB-ms\fR -and \fB-mm\fR macros. -To indicate one letter \fBnroff\fR macros, such as \fB.P\fR or \fB.H\fR, -quote a space in for the second character position. For example: -.sp 1 -.ti +8 -:set paragraphs=P\e bp<nl> -.sp 1 -would cause \fBvi\fR to consider \fB.P\fR and \fB.bp\fR as paragraph -delimiters. -.IP prompt 16 -Default: prompt Type: toggle -.br -In -.B ex -command mode the prompt character \fB:\fR will be printed when -\fBex\fR is waiting for a command. This is not of interest from vi. -.IP redraw 16 -Default: noredraw Type: toggle -.br -On dumb terminals, force the screen to always be up to date, -by sending great amounts of output. Useful only at high speeds. -.IP report 16 -Default: report=5 Type: numeric -.br -This sets the threshold for the number of lines modified. When -more than this number of lines are modified, removed, or yanked, -\fBvi\fR will report the number of lines changed at the bottom of -the screen. -.IP scroll 16 -Default: scroll={1/2 window} Type: numeric -.br -This is the number of lines that the screen scrolls up or down when -using the <^U> and <^D> commands. -.IP sections 16 -Default: sections=SHNHH HU Type: string -.br -Each two character pair of this string specify \fBnroff\fR macro names -which are to be treated as the beginning of a section by the -\fB]]\fR and \fB[[\fR commands. The default string is for the \fB-ms\fR -and \fB-mm\fR macros. -To enter one letter \fBnroff\fR macros, use a quoted space as the -second character. -See \fBparagraphs\fR for a fuller explanation. -.IP shell\ sh 16 -Default: sh=from environment SHELL or /bin/sh Type: string -.br -This is the name of the \fBsh\fR to be used for "escaped" commands. -.IP shiftwidth\ sw 16 -Default: sw=8 Type: numeric -.br -This is the number of spaces that a <^T> or <^D> will move over for -indenting, and the amount < and > shift by. -.IP showmatch\ sm 16 -Default: nosm Type: toggle -.br -When a \fB)\fR or \fB}\fR is typed, show the matching \fB(\fR or \fB{\fR -by moving the cursor to it for one second if it is on the current screen. -.IP slowopen\ slow 16 -Default: terminal dependent Type: toggle -.br -On terminals that are slow and unintelligent, this option prevents the -updating of the screen some of the time to improve speed. -.IP tabstop\ ts 16 -Default: ts=8 Type: numeric -.br -<tab>s are expanded to boundaries that are multiples of this value. -.IP taglength\ tl 16 -Default: tl=0 Type: numeric -.br -If nonzero, tag names are only significant to this many characters. -.IP term 16 -Default: (from environment \fBTERM\fP, else dumb) Type: string -.br -This is the terminal and controls the visual displays. It cannot be -changed when in "visual" mode, -you have to Q to command mode, type a -set term command, and do ``vi.'' to get back into visual. -Or exit vi, fix $TERM, and reenter. -The definitions that drive a particular -terminal type are found in the file \fB/etc/termcap\fR. -.IP terse 16 -Default: terse Type: toggle -.br -When set, the error diagnostics are short. -.IP warn 16 -Default: warn Type: toggle -.br -The user is warned if she/he tries to escape to -the shell without writing out the current changes. -.IP window 16 -Default: window={8 at 600 baud or less, 16 at 1200 baud, and screen -size \- 1 at 2400 baud or more} Type: numeric -.br -This is the number of lines in the window whenever \fBvi\fR must redraw -an entire screen. It is useful to make this size smaller if you are -on a slow line. -.IP w300,\ w1200,\ w9600 -.br -These set window, but only within the corresponding speed ranges. -They are useful in an EXINIT to fine tune window sizes. -For example, -.DS -set w300=4 w1200=12 -.DE -causes a 4 lines window at speed up to 600 baud, a 12 line window at 1200 -baud, and a full screen (the default) at over 1200 baud. -.IP wrapscan\ ws 16 -Default: ws Type: toggle -.br -Searches will wrap around the end of the file when is option is set. When -it is off, the search will terminate when it reaches the end or the -beginning of the file. -.IP wrapmargin\ wm 16 -Default: wm=0 Type: numeric -.br -\fBVi\fR will automatically insert a <nl> when it finds a natural -break point (usually a <sp> between words) that occurs within -"wm" spaces of the right margin. -Therefore with "wm=0" the option is off. Setting it to 10 would -mean that any time you are within 10 spaces of the right margin -\fBvi\fR would be looking for a <sp> or <tab> which it could -replace with a <nl>. This is convenient for people who forget -to look at the screen while they type. -(In version 3, wrapmargin behaves more like nroff, in that the -boundary specified by the distance from the right edge of the screen -is taken as the rightmost edge of the area where a break is allowed, -instead of the leftmost edge.) -.IP writeany\ wa 16 -Default: nowa Type: toggle -.br -\fBVi\fR normally makes a number of checks before it writes out a file. -This prevents the user from inadvertently destroying a file. When the -"writeany" option is enabled, \fBvi\fR no longer makes these checks. -.LE diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.chars b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.chars deleted file mode 100644 index 147c4ff7f2d..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.chars +++ /dev/null @@ -1,644 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 -.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by the University of -.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. -.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors -.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -.\" without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" @(#)vi.chars 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93 -.\" -.bd S 3 -..pn 21 -.de iP -.IP "\fB\\$1\fR" \\$2 -.. -.SH -Appendix: character functions -.PP -This appendix gives the uses the editor makes of each character. The -characters are presented in their order in the \s-2ASCII\s0 character -set: Control characters come first, then most special characters, then -the digits, upper and then lower case characters. -.PP -For each character we tell a meaning it has as a command and any meaning it -has during an insert. -If it has only meaning as a command, then only this is discussed. -Section numbers in parentheses indicate where the character is discussed; -a `f' after the section number means that the character is mentioned -in a footnote. -.iP "^@" 15 -Not a command character. -If typed as the first character of an insertion it is replaced with the -last text inserted, and the insert terminates. Only 128 characters are -saved from the last insert; if more characters were inserted the mechanism -is not available. -A \fB^@\fR cannot be part of the file due to the editor implementation -(7.5f). -.iP "^A" 15 -Unused. -.iP "^B" 15 -Backward window. -A count specifies repetition. -Two lines of continuity are kept if possible (2.1, 6.1, 7.2). -.iP "^C" 15 -Unused. -.iP "^D" 15 -As a command, scrolls down a half-window of text. -A count gives the number of (logical) lines to scroll, and is remembered -for future \fB^D\fR and \fB^U\fR commands (2.1, 7.2). -During an insert, backtabs over \fIautoindent\fR white space at the beginning -of a line (6.6, 7.5); this white space cannot be backspaced over. -.iP "^E" 15 -Exposes one more line below the current screen in the file, leaving -the cursor where it is if possible. -(Version 3 only.) -.iP "^F" 15 -Forward window. A count specifies repetition. -Two lines of continuity are kept if possible (2.1, 6.1, 7.2). -.iP "^G" 15 -Equivalent to \fB:f\fR\s-2CR\s0, printing the current file, whether -it has been modified, the current line number and the number of lines -in the file, and the percentage of the way through the file that you -are. -.iP "^H (\fR\s-2BS\s0\fP)" 15 -Same as -.B "left arrow" . -(See -.B h ). -During an insert, eliminates the last input character, backing over it -but not erasing it; it remains so you can see what you typed if you -wish to type something only slightly different (3.1, 7.5). -.iP "^I\ (\fR\s-2TAB\s0\fP)" 15 -Not a command character. -When inserted it prints as some -number of spaces. -When the cursor is at a tab character it rests at the last of the spaces -which represent the tab. -The spacing of tabstops is controlled by the \fItabstop\fR option (4.1, 6.6). -.iP "^J\ (\fR\s-2LF\s0\fP)" 15 -Same as -.B "down arrow" -(see -.B j ). -.iP "^K" 15 -Unused. -.iP "^L" 15 -The \s-2ASCII\s0 formfeed character, this causes the screen to be cleared -and redrawn. This is useful after a transmission error, if characters -typed by a program other than the editor scramble the screen, -or after output is stopped by an interrupt (5.4, 7.2f). -.iP "^M\ (\fR\s-2CR\s0\fP)" 15 -A carriage return advances to the next line, at the first non-white position -in the line. Given a count, it advances that many lines (2.3). -During an insert, a \s-2CR\s0 causes the insert to continue onto -another line (3.1). -.iP "^N" 15 -Same as -.B "down arrow" -(see -.B j ). -.iP "^O" 15 -Unused. -.iP "^P" 15 -Same as -.B "up arrow" -(see -.B k ). -.iP "^Q" 15 -Not a command character. -In input mode, -.B ^Q -quotes the next character, the same as -.B ^V , -except that some teletype drivers will eat the -.B ^Q -so that the editor never sees it. -.iP "^R" 15 -Redraws the current screen, eliminating logical lines not corresponding -to physical lines (lines with only a single @ character on them). -On hardcopy terminals in \fIopen\fR mode, retypes the current line -(5.4, 7.2, 7.8). -.iP "^S" 15 -Unused. Some teletype drivers use -.B ^S -to suspend output until -.B ^Q is pressed. -.iP "^T" 15 -Not a command character. -During an insert, with \fIautoindent\fR set and at the beginning of the -line, inserts \fIshiftwidth\fR white space. -.iP "^U" 15 -Scrolls the screen up, inverting \fB^D\fR which scrolls down. Counts work as -they do for \fB^D\fR, and the previous scroll amount is common to both. -On a dumb terminal, \fB^U\fR will often necessitate clearing and redrawing -the screen further back in the file (2.1, 7.2). -.iP "^V" 15 -Not a command character. -In input mode, quotes the next character so that it is possible -to insert non-printing and special characters into the file (4.2, 7.5). -.iP "^W" 15 -Not a command character. -During an insert, backs up as \fBb\fR would in command mode; the deleted -characters remain on the display (see \fB^H\fR) (7.5). -.iP "^X" 15 -Unused. -.iP "^Y" 15 -Exposes one more line above the current screen, leaving the cursor where -it is if possible. (No mnemonic value for this key; however, it is next -to \fB^U\fR which scrolls up a bunch.) -(Version 3 only.) -.iP "^Z" 15 -If supported by the Unix system, -stops the editor, exiting to the top level shell. -Same as \fB:stop\fP\s-2CR\s0. -Otherwise, unused. -.iP "^[\ (\fR\s-2ESC\s0\fP)" 15 -Cancels a partially formed command, such as a \fBz\fR when no following -character has yet been given; terminates inputs on the last line (read -by commands such as \fB: /\fR and \fB?\fR); ends insertions of new text -into the buffer. -If an \s-2ESC\s0 is given when quiescent in command state, the editor -rings the bell or flashes the screen. You can thus hit \s-2ESC\s0 if -you don't know what is happening till the editor rings the bell. -If you don't know if you are in insert mode you can type \s-2ESC\s0\fBa\fR, -and then material to be input; the material will be inserted correctly -whether or not you were in insert mode when you started (1.5, 3.1, 7.5). -.iP "^\e" 15 -Unused. -.iP "^]" 15 -Searches for the word which is after the cursor as a tag. Equivalent -to typing \fB:ta\fR, this word, and then a \s-2CR\s0. -Mnemonically, this command is ``go right to'' (7.3). -.iP "^\(ua" 15 -Equivalent to \fB:e #\fR\s-2CR\s0, returning to the previous position -in the last edited file, or editing a file which you specified if you -got a `No write since last change diagnostic' and do not want to have -to type the file name again (7.3). -(You have to do a \fB:w\fR before \fB^\(ua\fR -will work in this case. If you do not wish to write the file you should -do \fB:e!\ #\fR\s-2CR\s0 instead.) -.iP "^_" 15 -Unused. -Reserved as the command character for the -Tektronix 4025 and 4027 terminal. -.iP "\fR\s-2SPACE\s0\fP" 15 -Same as -.B "right arrow" -(see -.B l ). -.iP "!" 15 -An operator, which processes lines from the buffer with reformatting commands. -Follow \fB!\fR with the object to be processed, and then the command name -terminated by \s-2CR\s0. Doubling \fB!\fR and preceding it by a count -causes count lines to be filtered; otherwise the count -is passed on to the object after the \fB!\fR. Thus \fB2!}\fR\fIfmt\fR\s-2CR\s0 -reformats the next two paragraphs by running them through the program -\fIfmt\fR. If you are working on \s-2LISP\s0, -the command \fB!%\fR\fIgrind\fR\s-2CR\s0,* -.FS -*Both -.I fmt -and -.I grind -are Berkeley programs and may not be present at all installations. -.FE -given at the beginning of a -function, will run the text of the function through the \s-2LISP\s0 grinder -(6.7, 7.3). -To read a file or the output of a command into the buffer use \fB:r\fR (7.3). -To simply execute a command use \fB:!\fR (7.3). -.tr " -.iP 15 -Precedes a named buffer specification. There are named buffers \fB1\-9\fR -used for saving deleted text and named buffers \fBa\-z\fR into which you can -place text (4.3, 6.3) -.tr -.iP "#" 15 -The macro character which, when followed by a number, will substitute -for a function key on terminals without function keys (6.9). -In input mode, -if this is your erase character, it will delete the last character -you typed in input mode, and must be preceded with a \fB\e\fR to insert -it, since it normally backs over the last input character you gave. -.iP "$" 15 -Moves to the end of the current line. If you \fB:se list\fR\s-2CR\s0, -then the end of each line will be shown by printing a \fB$\fR after the -end of the displayed text in the line. Given a count, advances to the -count'th following end of line; thus \fB2$\fR advances to the end of the -following line. -.iP "%" 15 -Moves to the parenthesis or brace \fB{ }\fR which balances the parenthesis -or brace at the current cursor position. -.iP "&" 15 -A synonym for \fB:&\fR\s-2CR\s0, by analogy with the -.I ex -.B & -command. -.iP "\(aa" 15 -When followed by a \fB\(aa\fR returns to the previous context at the -beginning of a line. The previous context is set whenever the current -line is moved in a non-relative way. -When followed by a letter \fBa\fR\-\fBz\fR, returns to the line which -was marked with this letter with a \fBm\fR command, at the first non-white -character in the line. (2.2, 5.3). -When used with an operator such as \fBd\fR, the operation takes place -over complete lines; if you use \fB\(ga\fR, the operation takes place -from the exact marked place to the current cursor position within the -line. -.iP "(" 15 -Retreats to the beginning of a -sentence, or to the beginning of a \s-2LISP\s0 s-expression -if the \fIlisp\fR option is set. -A sentence ends at a \fB. !\fR or \fB?\fR which is followed by either -the end of a line or by two spaces. Any number of closing \fB) ] "\fR -and \fB\(aa\fR characters may appear after the \fB. !\fR or \fB?\fR, -and before the spaces or end of line. Sentences also begin -at paragraph and section boundaries -(see \fB{\fR and \fB[[\fR below). -A count advances that many sentences (4.2, 6.8). -.iP ")" 15 -Advances to the beginning of a sentence. -A count repeats the effect. -See \fB(\fR above for the definition of a sentence (4.2, 6.8). -.iP "*" 15 -Unused. -.iP "+" 15 -Same as \s-2CR\s0 when used as a command. -.iP "," 15 -Reverse of the last \fBf F t\fR or \fBT\fR command, looking the other way -in the current line. Especially useful after hitting too many \fB;\fR -characters. A count repeats the search. -.iP "\-" 15 -Retreats to the previous line at the first non-white character. -This is the inverse of \fB+\fR and \s-2RETURN\s0. -If the line moved to is not on the screen, the screen is scrolled, or -cleared and redrawn if this is not possible. -If a large amount of scrolling would be required the screen is also cleared -and redrawn, with the current line at the center (2.3). -.iP "\&." 15 -Repeats the last command which changed the buffer. Especially useful -when deleting words or lines; you can delete some words/lines and then -hit \fB.\fR to delete more and more words/lines. -Given a count, it passes it on to the command being repeated. Thus after -a \fB2dw\fR, \fB3.\fR deletes three words (3.3, 6.3, 7.2, 7.4). -.iP "/" 15 -Reads a string from the last line on the screen, and scans forward for -the next occurrence of this string. The normal input editing sequences may -be used during the input on the bottom line; an returns to command state -without ever searching. -The search begins when you hit \s-2CR\s0 to terminate the pattern; -the cursor moves to the beginning of the last line to indicate that the search -is in progress; the search may then -be terminated with a \s-2DEL\s0 or \s-2RUB\s0, or by backspacing when -at the beginning of the bottom line, returning the cursor to -its initial position. -Searches normally wrap end-around to find a string -anywhere in the buffer. -.IP -When used with an operator the enclosed region is normally affected. -By mentioning an -offset from the line matched by the pattern you can force whole lines -to be affected. To do this give a pattern with a closing -a closing \fB/\fR and then an offset \fB+\fR\fIn\fR or \fB\-\fR\fIn\fR. -.IP -To include the character \fB/\fR in the search string, you must escape -it with a preceding \fB\e\fR. -A \fB\(ua\fR at the beginning of the pattern forces the match to occur -at the beginning of a line only; this speeds the search. A \fB$\fR at -the end of the pattern forces the match to occur at the end of a line -only. -More extended pattern matching is available, see section 7.4; -unless you set \fBnomagic\fR in your \fI\&.exrc\fR file you will have -to preceed the characters \fB. [ *\fR and \fB~\fR in the search pattern -with a \fB\e\fR to get them to work as you would naively expect (1.5, 2,2, -6.1, 7.2, 7.4). -.iP "0" 15 -Moves to the first character on the current line. -Also used, in forming numbers, after an initial \fB1\fR\-\fB9\fR. -.iP "1\-9" 15 -Used to form numeric arguments to commands (2.3, 7.2). -.iP ":" 15 -A prefix to a set of commands for file and option manipulation and escapes -to the system. Input is given on the bottom line and terminated with -an \s-2CR\s0, and the command then executed. You can return to where -you were by hitting \s-2DEL\s0 or \s-2RUB\s0 if you hit \fB:\fR accidentally -(see primarily 6.2 and 7.3). -.iP ";" 15 -Repeats the last single character find which used \fBf F t\fR or \fBT\fR. -A count iterates the basic scan (4.1). -.iP "<" 15 -An operator which shifts lines left one \fIshiftwidth\fR, normally 8 -spaces. Like all operators, affects lines when repeated, as in -\fB<<\fR. Counts are passed through to the basic object, thus \fB3<<\fR -shifts three lines (6.6, 7.2). -.iP "=" 15 -Reindents line for \s-2LISP\s0, as though they were typed in with \fIlisp\fR -and \fIautoindent\fR set (6.8). -.iP ">" 15 -An operator which shifts lines right one \fIshiftwidth\fR, normally 8 -spaces. Affects lines when repeated as in \fB>>\fR. Counts repeat the -basic object (6.6, 7.2). -.iP "?" 15 -Scans backwards, the opposite of \fB/\fR. See the \fB/\fR description -above for details on scanning (2.2, 6.1, 7.4). -.iP "@" 15 -A macro character (6.9). If this is your kill character, you must escape it with a \e -to type it in during input mode, as it normally backs over the input you -have given on the current line (3.1, 3.4, 7.5). -.iP "A" 15 -Appends at the end of line, a synonym for \fB$a\fR (7.2). -.iP "B" 15 -Backs up a word, where words are composed of non-blank sequences, placing -the cursor at the beginning of the word. A count repeats the effect -(2.4). -.iP "C" 15 -Changes the rest of the text on the current line; a synonym for \fBc$\fR. -.iP "D" 15 -Deletes the rest of the text on the current line; a synonym for \fBd$\fR. -.iP "E" 15 -Moves forward to the end of a word, defined as blanks and non-blanks, -like \fBB\fR and \fBW\fR. A count repeats the effect. -.iP "F" 15 -Finds a single following character, backwards in the current line. -A count repeats this search that many times (4.1). -.iP "G" 15 -Goes to the line number given as preceding argument, or the end of the -file if no preceding count is given. The screen is redrawn with the -new current line in the center if necessary (7.2). -.iP "H" 15 -.B "Home arrow" . -Homes the cursor to the top line on the screen. If a count is given, -then the cursor is moved to the count'th line on the screen. -In any case the cursor is moved to the first non-white character on the -line. If used as the target of an operator, full lines are affected -(2.3, 3.2). -.iP "I" 15 -Inserts at the beginning of a line; a synonym for \fB\(uai\fR. -.iP "J" 15 -Joins together lines, supplying appropriate white space: one space between -words, two spaces after a \fB.\fR, and no spaces at all if the first -character of the joined on line is \fB)\fR. A count causes that many -lines to be joined rather than the default two (6.5, 7.1f). -.iP "K" 15 -Unused. -.iP "L" 15 -Moves the cursor to the first non-white character of the last line on -the screen. With a count, to the first non-white of the count'th line -from the bottom. Operators affect whole lines when used with \fBL\fR -(2.3). -.iP "M" 15 -Moves the cursor to the middle line on the screen, at the first non-white -position on the line (2.3). -.iP "N" 15 -Scans for the next match of the last pattern given to -\fB/\fR or \fB?\fR, but in the reverse direction; this is the reverse -of \fBn\fR. -.iP "O" 15 -Opens a new line above the current line and inputs text there up to an -\s-2ESC\s0. A count can be used on dumb terminals to specify a number -of lines to be opened; this is generally obsolete, as the \fIslowopen\fR -option works better (3.1). -.iP "P" 15 -Puts the last deleted text back before/above the cursor. The text goes -back as whole lines above the cursor if it was deleted as whole lines. -Otherwise the text is inserted between the characters before and at the -cursor. May be preceded by a named buffer specification \fB"\fR\fIx\fR -to retrieve the contents of the buffer; buffers \fB1\fR\-\fB9\fR contain -deleted material, buffers \fBa\fR\-\fBz\fR are available for general -use (6.3). -.iP "Q" 15 -Quits from \fIvi\fR to \fIex\fR command mode. In this mode, whole lines -form commands, ending with a \s-2RETURN\s0. You can give all the \fB:\fR -commands; the editor supplies the \fB:\fR as a prompt (7.7). -.iP "R" 15 -Replaces characters on the screen with characters you type (overlay fashion). -Terminates with an \s-2ESC\s0. -.iP "S" 15 -Changes whole lines, a synonym for \fBcc\fR. A count substitutes for -that many lines. The lines are saved in the numeric buffers, and erased -on the screen before the substitution begins. -.iP "T" 15 -Takes a single following character, locates the character before the -cursor in the current line, and places the cursor just after that character. -A count repeats the effect. Most useful with operators such as \fBd\fR -(4.1). -.iP "U" 15 -Restores the current line to its state before you started changing it -(3.5). -.iP "V" 15 -Unused. -.iP "W" 15 -Moves forward to the beginning of a word in the current line, -where words are defined as sequences of blank/non-blank characters. -A count repeats the effect (2.4). -.iP "X" 15 -Deletes the character before the cursor. A count repeats the effect, -but only characters on the current line are deleted. -.iP "Y" 15 -Yanks a copy of the current line into the unnamed buffer, to be put back -by a later \fBp\fR or \fBP\fR; a very useful synonym for \fByy\fR. -A count yanks that many lines. May be preceded by a buffer name to put -lines in that buffer (7.4). -.iP "ZZ" 15 -Exits the editor. -(Same as \fB:x\fP\s-2CR\s0.) -If any changes have been made, the buffer is written out to the current file. -Then the editor quits. -.iP "[[" 15 -Backs up to the previous section boundary. A section begins at each -macro in the \fIsections\fR option, -normally a `.NH' or `.SH' and also at lines which which start -with a formfeed \fB^L\fR. Lines beginning with \fB{\fR also stop \fB[[\fR; -this makes it useful for looking backwards, a function at a time, in C -programs. If the option \fIlisp\fR is set, stops at each \fB(\fR at the -beginning of a line, and is thus useful for moving backwards at the top -level \s-2LISP\s0 objects. (4.2, 6.1, 6.6, 7.2). -.iP "\e" 15 -Unused. -.iP "]]" 15 -Forward to a section boundary, see \fB[[\fR for a definition (4.2, 6.1, -6.6, 7.2). -.iP "\(ua" 15 -Moves to the first non-white position on the current line (4.4). -.iP "_" 15 -Unused. -.iP "\(ga" 15 -When followed by a \fB\(ga\fR returns to the previous context. -The previous context is set whenever the current -line is moved in a non-relative way. -When followed by a letter \fBa\fR\-\fBz\fR, returns to the position which -was marked with this letter with a \fBm\fR command. -When used with an operator such as \fBd\fR, the operation takes place -from the exact marked place to the current position within the line; -if you use \fB\(aa\fR, the operation takes place over complete lines -(2.2, 5.3). -.iP "a" 15 -Appends arbitrary text after the current cursor position; the insert -can continue onto multiple lines by using \s-2RETURN\s0 within the insert. -A count causes the inserted text to be replicated, but only if the inserted -text is all on one line. -The insertion terminates with an \s-2ESC\s0 (3.1, 7.2). -.iP "b" 15 -Backs up to the beginning of a word in the current line. A word is a -sequence of alphanumerics, or a sequence of special characters. -A count repeats the effect (2.4). -.iP "c" 15 -An operator which changes the following object, replacing it with the -following input text up to an \s-2ESC\s0. If more than part of a single -line is affected, the text which is changed away is saved in the numeric named -buffers. If only part of the current line is affected, then the last -character to be changed away is marked with a \fB$\fR. -A count causes that many objects to be affected, thus both -\fB3c)\fR and \fBc3)\fR change the following three sentences (7.4). -.iP "d" 15 -An operator which deletes the following object. If more than part of -a line is affected, the text is saved in the numeric buffers. -A count causes that many objects to be affected; thus \fB3dw\fR is the -same as \fBd3w\fR (3.3, 3.4, 4.1, 7.4). -.iP "e" 15 -Advances to the end of the next word, defined as for \fBb\fR and \fBw\fR. -A count repeats the effect (2.4, 3.1). -.iP "f" 15 -Finds the first instance of the next character following the cursor on -the current line. A count repeats the find (4.1). -.iP "g" 15 -Unused. -.sp -Arrow keys -.B h , -.B j , -.B k , -.B l , -and -.B H . -.iP "h" 15 -.B "Left arrow" . -Moves the cursor one character to the left. -Like the other arrow keys, either -.B h , -the -.B "left arrow" -key, or one of the synonyms (\fB^H\fP) has the same effect. -On v2 editors, arrow keys on certain kinds of terminals -(those which send escape sequences, such as vt52, c100, or hp) -cannot be used. -A count repeats the effect (3.1, 7.5). -.iP "i" 15 -Inserts text before the cursor, otherwise like \fBa\fR (7.2). -.iP "j" 15 -.B "Down arrow" . -Moves the cursor one line down in the same column. -If the position does not exist, -.I vi -comes as close as possible to the same column. -Synonyms include -.B ^J -(linefeed) and -.B ^N . -.iP "k" 15 -.B "Up arrow" . -Moves the cursor one line up. -.B ^P -is a synonym. -.iP "l" 15 -.B "Right arrow" . -Moves the cursor one character to the right. -\s-2SPACE\s0 is a synonym. -.iP "m" 15 -Marks the current position of the cursor in the mark register which is -specified by the next character \fBa\fR\-\fBz\fR. Return to this position -or use with an operator using \fB\(ga\fR or \fB\(aa\fR (5.3). -.iP "n" 15 -Repeats the last \fB/\fR or \fB?\fR scanning commands (2.2). -.iP "o" 15 -Opens new lines below the current line; otherwise like \fBO\fR (3.1). -.iP "p" 15 -Puts text after/below the cursor; otherwise like \fBP\fR (6.3). -.iP "q" 15 -Unused. -.iP "r" 15 -Replaces the single character at the cursor with a single character you -type. The new character may be a \s-2RETURN\s0; this is the easiest -way to split lines. A count replaces each of the following count characters -with the single character given; see \fBR\fR above which is the more -usually useful iteration of \fBr\fR (3.2). -.iP "s" 15 -Changes the single character under the cursor to the text which follows -up to an \s-2ESC\s0; given a count, that many characters from the current -line are changed. The last character to be changed is marked with \fB$\fR -as in \fBc\fR (3.2). -.iP "t" 15 -Advances the cursor upto the character before the next character typed. -Most useful with operators such as \fBd\fR and \fBc\fR to delete the -characters up to a following character. You can use \fB.\fR to delete -more if this doesn't delete enough the first time (4.1). -.iP "u" 15 -Undoes the last change made to the current buffer. If repeated, will -alternate between these two states, thus is its own inverse. When used -after an insert which inserted text on more than one line, the lines are -saved in the numeric named buffers (3.5). -.iP "v" 15 -Unused. -.iP "w" 15 -Advances to the beginning of the next word, as defined by \fBb\fR (2.4). -.iP "x" 15 -Deletes the single character under the cursor. With a count deletes -deletes that many characters forward from the cursor position, but only -on the current line (6.5). -.iP "y" 15 -An operator, yanks the following object into the unnamed temporary buffer. -If preceded by a named buffer specification, \fB"\fR\fIx\fR, the text -is placed in that buffer also. Text can be recovered by a later \fBp\fR -or \fBP\fR (7.4). -.iP "z" 15 -Redraws the screen with the current line placed as specified by the following -character: \s-2RETURN\s0 specifies the top of the screen, \fB.\fR the -center of the screen, and \fB\-\fR at the bottom of the screen. -A count may be given after the \fBz\fR and before the following character -to specify the new screen size for the redraw. -A count before the \fBz\fR gives the number of the line to place in the -center of the screen instead of the default current line. (5.4) -.iP "{" 15 -Retreats to the beginning of the beginning of the preceding paragraph. -A paragraph begins at each macro in the \fIparagraphs\fR option, normally -`.IP', `.LP', `.PP', `.QP' and `.bp'. -A paragraph also begins after a completely -empty line, and at each section boundary (see \fB[[\fR above) (4.2, 6.8, -7.6). -.iP "|" 15 -Places the cursor on the character in the column specified -by the count (7.1, 7.2). -.iP "}" 15 -Advances to the beginning of the next paragraph. See \fB{\fR for the -definition of paragraph (4.2, 6.8, 7.6). -.iP "~" 15 -Unused. -.iP "^?\ (\s-2\fRDEL\fP\s0)" 15 -Interrupts the editor, returning it to command accepting state (1.5, -7.5) -.bp -\&. diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.in b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.in deleted file mode 100644 index 3bdfeb95b65..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2064 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 -.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by the University of -.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. -.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors -.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -.\" without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" @(#)vi.in 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93 -.\" -.EH 'USD:12-%''An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi' -.OH 'An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi''USD:12-%' -.bd S 3 -.if t .ds dg \(dg -.if n .ds dg + -.if t .ds dd \(dd -.if n .ds dd ++ -.\".RP -.TL -An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi -.AU -William Joy -.AU -Mark Horton -.AI -Computer Science Division -Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science -University of California, Berkeley -Berkeley, Ca. 94720 -.AB -.PP -.I Vi -(visual) is a display oriented interactive text editor. -When using -.I vi -the screen of your terminal acts as a window into the file which you -are editing. Changes which you make to the file are reflected -in what you see. -.PP -Using -.I vi -you can insert new text any place in the file quite easily. -Most of the commands to -.I vi -move the cursor around in the file. -There are commands to move the cursor -forward and backward in units of characters, words, -sentences and paragraphs. -A small set of operators, like -.B d -for delete and -.B c -for change, are combined with the motion commands to form operations -such as delete word or change paragraph, in a simple and natural way. -This regularity and the mnemonic assignment of commands to keys makes the -editor command set easy to remember and to use. -.PP -.I Vi -will work on a large number of display terminals, -and new terminals are easily driven after editing a terminal description file. -While it is advantageous to have an intelligent terminal which can locally -insert and delete lines and characters from the display, the editor will -function quite well on dumb terminals over slow phone lines. -The editor makes allowance for the low bandwidth in these situations -and uses smaller window sizes and -different display updating algorithms to make best use of the -limited speed available. -.PP -It is also possible to use the command set of -.I vi -on hardcopy terminals, storage tubes and ``glass tty's'' using a one line -editing window; thus -.I vi's -command set is available on all terminals. -The full command set of the more traditional, line -oriented editor -.I ex -is available within -.I vi; -it is quite simple to switch between the two modes of editing. -.AE -.NH 1 -Getting started -.PP -.FS -The financial support of an \s-2IBM\s0 Graduate Fellowship and the -National Science Foundation under grants MCS74-07644-A03 and MCS78-07291 -is gratefully acknowledged. -.FE -This document provides a quick introduction to -.I vi. -(Pronounced \fIvee-eye\fP.) -You should be running -.I vi -on a file you are familiar with while you are reading this. -The first part of this document (sections 1 through 5) -describes the basics of using -.I vi. -Some topics of special interest are presented in section 6, and -some nitty-gritty details of how the editor functions are saved for section -7 to avoid cluttering the presentation here. -.PP -There is also a short appendix here, which gives for each character the -special meanings which this character has in \fIvi\fR. Attached to -this document should be a quick reference card. -This card summarizes the commands of -.I vi -in a very compact format. You should have the card handy while you are -learning -.I vi. -.NH 2 -Specifying terminal type -.PP -Before you can start -.I vi -you must tell the system what kind of terminal you are using. -Here is a (necessarily incomplete) list of terminal type codes. -If your terminal does not appear here, you should consult with one of -the staff members on your system to find out the code for your terminal. -If your terminal does not have a code, one can be assigned and a description -for the terminal can be created. -.LP -.TS -center; -ab ab ab -a a a. -Code Full name Type -_ -2621 Hewlett-Packard 2621A/P Intelligent -2645 Hewlett-Packard 264x Intelligent -act4 Microterm ACT-IV Dumb -act5 Microterm ACT-V Dumb -adm3a Lear Siegler ADM-3a Dumb -adm31 Lear Siegler ADM-31 Intelligent -c100 Human Design Concept 100 Intelligent -dm1520 Datamedia 1520 Dumb -dm2500 Datamedia 2500 Intelligent -dm3025 Datamedia 3025 Intelligent -fox Perkin-Elmer Fox Dumb -h1500 Hazeltine 1500 Intelligent -h19 Heathkit h19 Intelligent -i100 Infoton 100 Intelligent -mime Imitating a smart act4 Intelligent -t1061 Teleray 1061 Intelligent -vt52 Dec VT-52 Dumb -.TE -.PP -Suppose for example that you have a Hewlett-Packard HP2621A -terminal. The code used by the system for this terminal is `2621'. -In this case you can use one of the following commands to tell the system -the type of your terminal: -.DS -% \fBsetenv TERM\fP 2621 -.DE -This command works with the -.I csh -shell. -If you are using the standard Bourne shell -.I sh -then you should give the commands -.DS -$ \fBTERM=\fP2621 -$ \fBexport TERM\fP -.DE -.PP -If you want to arrange to have your terminal type set up automatically -when you log in, you can use the -.I tset -program. -If you dial in on a -.I mime , -but often use hardwired ports, a typical line for your -.I .login -file (if you use csh) would be -.DS -\fBsetenv TERM \(gatset\fP \- \-d mime\(ga -.DE -or for your -.I .profile -file (if you use sh) -.DS -\fBTERM=\(gatse\fPt \- \-d mime\(ga -.DE -.I Tset -knows which terminals are hardwired to each port -and needs only to be told that when you dial in you -are probably on a -.I mime . -.I Tset -is usually used to change the erase and kill characters, too. -.NH 2 -Editing a file -.PP -After telling the system which kind of terminal you have, you should -make a copy of a file you are familiar with, and run -.I vi -on this file, giving the command -.DS -% \fBvi\fR \fIname\fR -.DE -replacing \fIname\fR with the name of the copy file you just created. -The screen should clear and the text of your file should appear on the -screen. If something else happens refer to the footnote.\*(dd -.FS -\*(dd If you gave the system an incorrect terminal type code then the -editor may have just made a mess out of your screen. This happens when -it sends control codes for one kind of terminal to some other -kind of terminal. In this case hit -the keys \fB:q\fR (colon and the q key) and then hit the \s-2RETURN\s0 key. -This should get you back to the command level interpreter. -Figure out what you did wrong (ask someone else if necessary) and try again. - Another thing which can go wrong is that you typed the wrong file name and -the editor just printed an error diagnostic. In this case you should -follow the above procedure for getting out of the editor, and try again -this time spelling the file name correctly. - If the editor doesn't seem to respond to the commands which you type -here, try sending an interrupt to it by hitting the \s-2DEL\s0 or \s-2RUB\s0 -key on your terminal, and then hitting the \fB:q\fR command again followed -by a carriage return. -.sp -.FE -.NH 2 -The editor's copy: the buffer -.PP -The editor does not directly modify the file which you are editing. -Rather, the editor makes a copy of this file, in a place called the -.I buffer, -and remembers the file's -name. You do not affect the contents of the file unless and until you -write the changes you make back into the original file. -.NH 2 -Notational conventions -.PP -In our examples, input which must be typed as is will be presented in -\fBbold face\fR. Text which should be replaced with appropriate input -will be given in \fIitalics\fR. We will represent special characters -in \s-2SMALL CAPITALS\s0. -.NH 2 -Arrow keys -.PP -The editor command set is independent of the terminal -you are using. On most terminals with cursor positioning keys, these keys -will also work within the editor. -If you don't have cursor positioning keys, or even if you do, you can use -the \fBh j k\fR and \fBl\fR keys as cursor positioning -keys (these are labelled with arrows on an -.I adm3a).* -.PP -(Particular note for the HP2621: on this terminal the function keys -must be \fIshifted\fR (ick) to send to the machine, otherwise they -only act locally. Unshifted use will leave the cursor positioned -incorrectly.) -.FS -* As we will see later, -.I h -moves back to the left (like control-h which is a backspace), -.I j -moves down (in the same column), -.I k -moves up (in the same column), -and -.I l -moves to the right. -.FE -.NH 2 -Special characters: \s-2ESC\s0, \s-2CR\s0 and \s-2DEL\s0 -.PP -Several of these special characters are very important, so be sure to -find them right now. Look on your keyboard for a key labelled \s-2ESC\s0 -or \s-2ALT\s0. It should be near the upper left corner of your terminal. -Try hitting this key a few times. The editor will ring the bell -to indicate that it is in a quiescent state.\*(dd -.FS -\*(dd On smart terminals where it is possible, the editor will quietly -flash the screen rather than ringing the bell. -.FE -Partially formed commands are cancelled by \s-2ESC\s0, and when you insert -text in the file you end the text insertion -with \s-2ESC\s0. This key is a fairly -harmless one to hit, so you can just hit it if you don't know -what is going on until the editor rings the bell. -.PP -The \s-2CR\s0 or \s-2RETURN\s0 key is important because it is used -to terminate certain commands. -It is usually at the right side of the keyboard, -and is the same command used at the end of each shell command. -.PP -Another very useful key is the \s-2DEL\s0 or \s-2RUB\s0 key, which generates -an interrupt, telling the editor to stop what it is doing. -It is a forceful way of making the editor listen -to you, or to return it to the quiescent state if you don't know or don't -like what is going on. Try hitting the `/' key on your terminal. This -key is used when you want to specify a string to be searched for. The -cursor should now be positioned at the bottom line of the terminal after -a `/' printed as a prompt. You can get the cursor back to the current -position by hitting the \s-2DEL\s0 or \s-2RUB\s0 key; try this now.* -.FS -* Backspacing over the `/' will also cancel the search. -.FE -From now on we will simply refer to hitting the \s-2DEL\s0 or \s-2RUB\s0 -key as ``sending an interrupt.''** -.FS -** On some systems, this interruptibility comes at a price: you cannot type -ahead when the editor is computing with the cursor on the bottom line. -.FE -.PP -The editor often echoes your commands on the last line of the terminal. -If the cursor is on the first position of this last line, then the editor -is performing a computation, such as computing a new position in the -file after a search or running a command to reformat part of the buffer. -When this is happening you can stop the editor by -sending an interrupt. -.NH 2 -Getting out of the editor -.PP -After you have worked with this introduction for a while, and you wish -to do something else, you can give the command \fBZZ\fP -to the editor. -This will write the contents of the editor's buffer back into -the file you are editing, if you made any changes, and then quit from -the editor. You can also end an editor -session by giving the command \fB:q!\fR\s-2CR\s0;\*(dg -.FS -\*(dg All commands which read from the last display line can also be -terminated with a \s-2ESC\s0 as well as an \s-2CR\s0. -.FE -this is a dangerous but occasionally essential -command which ends the editor session and discards all your changes. -You need to know about this command in case you change the editor's -copy of a file you wish only to look at. Be very careful -not to give this command when you really want to save -the changes you have made. -.NH 1 -Moving around in the file -.NH 2 -Scrolling and paging -.PP -The editor has a number of commands for moving around in the file. -The most useful of these is generated by hitting the control and D keys -at the same time, a control-D or `^D'. We will use this two character -notation for referring to these control keys from now on. You may have -a key labelled `^' on your terminal. This key will be represented as `\(ua' -in this document; `^' is exclusively used as part of the `^x' notation -for control characters.\*(dd -.FS -\*(dd If you don't have a `^' key on your terminal -then there is probably a key labelled `\(ua'; in any case these characters -are one and the same. -.FE -.PP -As you know now if you tried hitting \fB^D\fR, this command scrolls down in -the file. The \fBD\fR thus stands for down. Many editor commands are mnemonic -and this makes them much easier to remember. For instance the command -to scroll up is \fB^U\fR. Many dumb terminals can't scroll up at all, in which -case hitting \fB^U\fR clears the screen and refreshes it -with a line which is farther back in the file at the top. -.PP -If you want to see more of the file below where you are, you can -hit \fB^E\fR to expose one more line at the bottom of the screen, -leaving the cursor where it is. -The command \fB^Y\fR (which is hopelessly non-mnemonic, but next to \fB^U\fR -on the keyboard) exposes one more line at the top of the screen. -.PP -There are other ways to move around in the file; the keys \fB^F\fR and \fB^B\fR -move forward and backward a page, -keeping a couple of lines of continuity between screens -so that it is possible to read through a file using these rather than -\fB^D\fR and \fB^U\fR if you wish. -.PP -Notice the difference between scrolling and paging. If you are trying -to read the text in a file, hitting \fB^F\fR to move forward a page -will leave you only a little context to look back at. Scrolling on the -other hand leaves more context, and happens more smoothly. You can continue -to read the text as scrolling is taking place. -.NH 2 -Searching, goto, and previous context -.PP -Another way to position yourself in the file is by giving the editor a string -to search for. Type the character \fB/\fR followed by a string of characters -terminated by \s-2CR\s0. The editor will position the cursor -at the next occurrence of this string. -Try hitting \fBn\fR to then go to the next occurrence of this string. -The character \fB?\fR will search backwards from where you are, and is -otherwise like \fB/\fR.\*(dg -.FS -\*(dg These searches will normally wrap around the end of the file, and thus -find the string even if it is not on a line in the direction you search -provided it is anywhere else in the file. You can disable this wraparound -in scans by giving the command \fB:se nowrapscan\fR\s-2CR\s0, -or more briefly \fB:se nows\fR\s-2CR\s0. -.FE -.PP -If the search string you give the editor is not present in the -file the editor will print -a diagnostic on the last line of the screen, and the cursor will be returned -to its initial position. -.PP -If you wish the search to match only at the beginning of a line, begin -the search string with an \fB\(ua\fR. To match only at the end of -a line, end the search string with a \fB$\fR. -Thus \fB/\(uasearch\fR\s-2CR\s0 will search for the word `search' at -the beginning of a line, and \fB/last$\fR\s-2CR\s0 searches for the -word `last' at the end of a line.* -.FS -*Actually, the string you give to search for here can be a -.I "regular expression" -in the sense of the editors -.I ex (1) -and -.I ed (1). -If you don't wish to learn about this yet, you can disable this more -general facility by doing -\fB:se\ nomagic\fR\s-2CR\s0; -by putting this command in -EXINIT -in your environment, you can have this always be in effect (more -about -.I EXINIT -later.) -.FE -.PP -The command \fBG\fR, when preceded by a number will position the cursor -at that line in the file. -Thus \fB1G\fR will move the cursor to -the first line of the file. If you give \fBG\fR no count, then it moves -to the end of the file. -.PP -If you are near the end of the file, and the last line is not at the bottom -of the screen, the editor will place only the character `~' on each remaining -line. This indicates that the last line in the file is on the screen; -that is, the `~' lines are past the end of the file. -.PP -You can find out the state of the file you are editing by typing a \fB^G\fR. -The editor will show you the name of the file you are editing, the number -of the current line, the number of lines in the buffer, and the percentage -of the way through the buffer which you are. -Try doing this now, and remember the number of the line you are on. -Give a \fBG\fR command to get to the end and then another \fBG\fR command -to get back where you were. -.PP -You can also get back to a previous position by using the command -\fB\(ga\(ga\fR (two back quotes). -This is often more convenient than \fBG\fR because it requires no advance -preparation. -Try giving a \fBG\fR or a search with \fB/\fR or \fB?\fR and then a -\fB\(ga\(ga\fR to get back to where you were. If you accidentally hit -\fBn\fR or any command which moves you far away from a context of interest, you -can quickly get back by hitting \fB\(ga\(ga\fR. -.NH 2 -Moving around on the screen -.PP -Now try just moving the cursor around on the screen. -If your terminal has arrow keys (4 or 5 keys with arrows -going in each direction) try them and convince yourself -that they work. -If you don't have working arrow keys, you can always use -.B h , -.B j , -.B k , -and -.B l . -Experienced users of -.I vi -prefer these keys to arrow keys, -because they are usually right underneath their fingers. -.PP -Hit the \fB+\fR key. Each time you do, notice that the cursor -advances to the next line in the file, at the first non-white position -on the line. The \fB\-\fR key is like \fB+\fR but goes the other way. -.PP -These are very common keys for moving up and down lines in the file. -Notice that if you go off the bottom or top with these keys then the -screen will scroll down (and up if possible) to bring a line at a time -into view. The \s-2RETURN\s0 key has the same effect as the \fB+\fR -key. -.PP -.I Vi -also has commands to take you to the top, middle and bottom of the screen. -\fBH\fR will take you to the top (home) line on the screen. -Try preceding it with a -number as in \fB3H\fR. -This will take you to the third line on the screen. -Many -.I vi -commands take preceding numbers and do interesting things with them. -Try \fBM\fR, -which takes you to the middle line on the screen, -and \fBL\fR, -which takes you to the last line on the screen. -\fBL\fR also takes counts, thus -\fB5L\fR will take you to the fifth line from the bottom. -.NH 2 -Moving within a line -.PP -Now try picking a word on some line on the screen, not the -first word on the line. -move the cursor using \s-2RETURN\s0 and \fB\-\fR to be on the line where -the word is. -Try hitting the \fBw\fR key. This will advance the cursor to the -next word on the line. -Try hitting the \fBb\fR key to back up words -in the line. -Also try the \fBe\fR key which advances you to the end of the current -word rather than to the beginning of the next word. -Also try \s-2SPACE\s0 (the space bar) which moves right one character -and the \s-2BS\s0 (backspace or \fB^H\fR) key which moves left one character. -The key \fBh\fR works as \fB^H\fR does and is useful if you don't have -a \s-2BS\s0 key. -(Also, as noted just above, \fBl\fR will move to the right.) -.PP -If the line had punctuation in it you may have noticed that -that the \fBw\fR and \fBb\fR -keys stopped at each group of punctuation. You can also go back and -forwards words without stopping at punctuation by using \fBW\fR and \fBB\fR -rather than the lower case equivalents. Think of these as bigger words. -Try these on a few lines with punctuation to see how they differ from -the lower case \fBw\fR and \fBb\fR. -.PP -The word keys wrap around the end of line, -rather than stopping at the end. Try moving to a word on a line below -where you are by repeatedly hitting \fBw\fR. -.NH 2 -Summary -.IP -.TS -lw(.50i)b a. -\fR\s-2SPACE\s0\fP advance the cursor one position -^B backwards to previous page -^D scrolls down in the file -^E exposes another line at the bottom -^F forward to next page -^G tell what is going on -^H backspace the cursor -^N next line, same column -^P previous line, same column -^U scrolls up in the file -^Y exposes another line at the top -+ next line, at the beginning -\- previous line, at the beginning -/ scan for a following string forwards -? scan backwards -B back a word, ignoring punctuation -G go to specified line, last default -H home screen line -M middle screen line -L last screen line -W forward a word, ignoring punctuation -b back a word -e end of current word -n scan for next instance of \fB/\fR or \fB?\fR pattern -w word after this word -.TE -.NH 2 -View -.PP -If you want to use the editor to look at a file, -rather than to make changes, -invoke it as -.I view -instead of -.I vi . -This will set the -.I readonly -option which will prevent you from -accidently overwriting the file. -.NH 1 -Making simple changes -.NH 2 -Inserting -.PP -One of the most useful commands is the -\fBi\fR (insert) command. -After you type \fBi\fR, everything you type until you hit \s-2ESC\s0 -is inserted into the file. -Try this now; position yourself to some word in the file and try inserting -text before this word. -If you are on an dumb terminal it will seem, for a minute, -that some of the characters in your line have been overwritten, but they will -reappear when you hit \s-2ESC\s0. -.PP -Now try finding a word which can, but does not, end in an `s'. -Position yourself at this word and type \fBe\fR (move to end of word), then -\fBa\fR for append and then `s\s-2ESC\s0' to terminate the textual insert. -This sequence of commands can be used to easily pluralize a word. -.PP -Try inserting and appending a few times to make sure you understand how -this works; \fBi\fR placing text to the left of the cursor, \fBa\fR to -the right. -.PP -It is often the case that you want to add new lines to the file you are -editing, before or after some specific line in the file. Find a line -where this makes sense and then give the command \fBo\fR to create a -new line after the line you are on, or the command \fBO\fR to create -a new line before the line you are on. After you create a new line in -this way, text you type up to an \s-2ESC\s0 is inserted on the new line. -.PP -Many related editor commands -are invoked by the same letter key and differ only in that one is given -by a lower -case key and the other is given by -an upper case key. In these cases, the -upper case key often differs from the lower case key in its sense of -direction, with -the upper case key working backward and/or up, while the lower case -key moves forward and/or down. -.PP -Whenever you are typing in text, you can give many lines of input or -just a few characters. -To type in more than one line of text, -hit a \s-2RETURN\s0 at the middle of your input. A new line will be created -for text, and you can continue to type. If you are on a slow -and dumb terminal the editor may choose to wait to redraw the -tail of the screen, and will let you type over the existing screen lines. -This avoids the lengthy delay which would occur if the editor attempted -to keep the tail of the screen always up to date. The tail of the screen will -be fixed up, and the missing lines will reappear, when you hit \s-2ESC\s0. -.PP -While you are inserting new text, you can use the characters you normally use -at the system command level (usually \fB^H\fR or \fB#\fR) to backspace -over the last -character which you typed, and the character which you use to kill input lines -(usually \fB@\fR, \fB^X\fR, or \fB^U\fR) -to erase the input you have typed on the current line.\*(dg -.FS -\*(dg In fact, the character \fB^H\fR (backspace) always works to erase the -last input character here, regardless of what your erase character is. -.FE -The character \fB^W\fR -will erase a whole word and leave you after the space after the previous -word; it is useful for quickly backing up in an insert. -.PP -Notice that when you backspace during an insertion the characters you -backspace over are not erased; the cursor moves backwards, and the characters -remain on the display. This is often useful if you are planning to type -in something similar. In any case the characters disappear when when -you hit \s-2ESC\s0; if you want to get rid of them immediately, hit an -\s-2ESC\s0 and then \fBa\fR again. -.PP -Notice also that you can't erase characters which you didn't insert, and that -you can't backspace around the end of a line. If you need to back up -to the previous line to make a correction, just hit \s-2ESC\s0 and move -the cursor back to the previous line. After making the correction you -can return to where you were and use the insert or append command again. -.NH 2 -Making small corrections -.PP -You can make small corrections in existing text quite easily. -Find a single character which is wrong or just pick any character. -Use the arrow keys to find the character, or -get near the character with the word motion keys and then either -backspace (hit the \s-2BS\s0 key or \fB^H\fR or even just \fBh\fR) or -\s-2SPACE\s0 (using the space bar) -until the cursor is on the character which is wrong. -If the character is not needed then hit the \fBx\fP key; this deletes -the character from the file. It is analogous to the way you \fBx\fP -out characters when you make mistakes on a typewriter (except it's not -as messy). -.PP -If the character -is incorrect, you can replace it with the correct character by giving -the command \fBr\fR\fIc\fR, -where \fIc\fR is replaced by the correct character. -Finally if the character which is incorrect should be replaced -by more than one character, give the command \fBs\fR which substitutes -a string of characters, ending with \s-2ESC\s0, for it. -If there are a small number of characters -which are wrong you can precede \fBs\fR with a count of the number of -characters to be replaced. Counts are also useful with \fBx\fR to specify -the number of characters to be deleted. -.NH 2 -More corrections: operators -.PP -You already know almost enough to make changes at a higher level. -All you need to know now is that the -.B d -key acts as a delete operator. Try the command -.B dw -to delete a word. -Try hitting \fB.\fR a few times. Notice that this repeats the effect -of the \fBdw\fR. The command \fB.\fR repeats the last command which -made a change. You can remember it by analogy with an ellipsis `\fB...\fR'. -.PP -Now try -\fBdb\fR. -This deletes a word backwards, namely the preceding word. -Try -\fBd\fR\s-2SPACE\s0. This deletes a single character, and is equivalent -to the \fBx\fR command. -.PP -Another very useful operator is -.B c -or change. The command -.B cw -thus changes the text of a single word. -You follow it by the replacement text ending with an \s-2ESC\s0. -Find a word which you can change to another, and try this -now. -Notice that the end of the text to be changed was marked with the character -`$' so that you can see this as you are typing in the new material. -.NH 2 -Operating on lines -.PP -It is often the case that you want to operate on lines. -Find a line which you want to delete, and type -\fBdd\fR, -the -.B d -operator twice. This will delete the line. -If you are on a dumb terminal, the editor may just erase the line on -the screen, replacing it with a line with only an @ on it. This line -does not correspond to any line in your file, but only acts as a place -holder. It helps to avoid a lengthy redraw of the rest of the screen -which would be necessary to close up the hole created by the deletion -on a terminal without a delete line capability. -.PP -Try repeating the -.B c -operator twice; this will change a whole line, erasing its previous contents and -replacing them with text you type up to an \s-2ESC\s0.\*(dg -.FS -\*(dg The command \fBS\fR is a convenient synonym for for \fBcc\fR, by -analogy with \fBs\fR. Think of \fBS\fR as a substitute on lines, while -\fBs\fR is a substitute on characters. -.FE -.PP -You can delete or change more than one line by preceding the -.B dd -or -.B cc -with a count, i.e. \fB5dd\fR deletes 5 lines. -You can also give a command like \fBdL\fR to delete all the lines up to -and including -the last line on the screen, or \fBd3L\fR to delete through the third from -the bottom line. Try some commands like this now.* -.FS -* One subtle point here involves using the \fB/\fR search after a \fBd\fR. -This will normally delete characters from the current position to the -point of the match. If what is desired is to delete whole lines -including the two points, give the pattern as \fB/pat/+0\fR, a line address. -.FE -Notice that the editor lets you know when you change a large number of -lines so that you can see the extent of the change. -The editor will also always tell you when a change you make affects text which -you cannot see. -.NH 2 -Undoing -.PP -Now suppose that the last change which you made was incorrect; -you could use the insert, delete and append commands to put the correct -material back. However, since it is often the case that we regret a -change or make a change incorrectly, the editor provides a -.B u -(undo) command to reverse the last change which you made. -Try this a few times, and give it twice in a row to notice that an -.B u -also undoes a -.B u. -.PP -The undo command lets you reverse only a single change. After you make -a number of changes to a line, you may decide that you would rather have -the original state of the line back. The -.B U -command restores the current line to the state before you started changing -it. -.PP -You can recover text which you delete, even if -undo will not bring it back; see the section on recovering lost text -below. -.NH 2 -Summary -.IP -.TS -lw(.50i)b a. -\fR\s-2SPACE\s0\fP advance the cursor one position -^H backspace the cursor -^W erase a word during an insert -\fRerase\fP your erase (usually ^H or #), erases a character during an insert -\fRkill\fP your kill (usually @, ^X, or ^U), kills the insert on this line -\&\fB.\fP repeats the changing command -O opens and inputs new lines, above the current -U undoes the changes you made to the current line -a appends text after the cursor -c changes the object you specify to the following text -d deletes the object you specify -i inserts text before the cursor -o opens and inputs new lines, below the current -u undoes the last change -.TE -.NH 1 -Moving about; rearranging and duplicating text -.NH 2 -Low level character motions -.PP -Now move the cursor to a line where there is a punctuation or a bracketing -character such as a parenthesis or a comma or period. Try the command -\fBf\fR\fIx\fR where \fIx\fR is this character. This command finds -the next \fIx\fR character to the right of the cursor in the current -line. Try then hitting a \fB;\fR, which finds the next instance of the -same character. By using the \fBf\fR command and then a sequence of -\fB;\fR's you can often -get to a particular place in a line much faster than with a sequence -of word motions or \s-2SPACE\s0s. -There is also a \fBF\fR command, which is like \fBf\fR, but searches -backward. The \fB;\fR command repeats \fBF\fR also. -.PP -When you are operating on the text in a line it is often desirable to -deal with the characters up to, but not including, the first instance of -a character. Try \fBdf\fR\fIx\fR for some \fIx\fR now and -notice that the \fIx\fR character is deleted. Undo this with \fBu\fR -and then try \fBdt\fR\fIx\fR; the \fBt\fR here stands for to, i.e. -delete up to the next \fIx\fR, but not the \fIx\fR. The command \fBT\fR -is the reverse of \fBt\fR. -.PP -When working with the text of a single line, an \fB\(ua\fR moves the -cursor to the first non-white position on the line, and a -\fB$\fR moves it to the end of the line. Thus \fB$a\fR will append new -text at the end of the current line. -.PP -Your file may have tab (\fB^I\fR) characters in it. These -characters are represented as a number of spaces expanding to a tab stop, -where tab stops are every 8 positions.* -.FS -* This is settable by a command of the form \fB:se ts=\fR\fIx\fR\s-2CR\s0, -where \fIx\fR is 4 to set tabstops every four columns. This has -effect on the screen representation within the editor. -.FE -When the cursor is at a tab, it sits on the last of the several spaces -which represent that tab. Try moving the cursor back and forth over -tabs so you understand how this works. -.PP -On rare occasions, your file may have nonprinting characters in it. -These characters are displayed in the same way they are represented in -this document, that is with a two character code, the first character -of which is `^'. On the screen non-printing characters resemble a `^' -character adjacent to another, but spacing or backspacing over the character -will reveal that the two characters are, like the spaces representing -a tab character, a single character. -.PP -The editor sometimes discards control characters, -depending on the character and the setting of the -.I beautify -option, -if you attempt to insert them in your file. -You can get a control character in the file by beginning -an insert and then typing a \fB^V\fR before the control -character. The -\fB^V\fR quotes the following character, causing it to be -inserted directly into the file. -.PP -.NH 2 -Higher level text objects -.PP -In working with a document it is often advantageous to work in terms -of sentences, paragraphs, and sections. The operations \fB(\fR and \fB)\fR -move to the beginning of the previous and next sentences respectively. -Thus the command \fBd)\fR will delete the rest of the current sentence; -likewise \fBd(\fR will delete the previous sentence if you are at the -beginning of the current sentence, or the current sentence up to where -you are if you are not at the beginning of the current sentence. -.PP -A sentence is defined to end at a `.', `!' or `?' which is followed by -either the end of a line, or by two spaces. Any number of closing `)', -`]', `"' and `\(aa' characters may appear after the `.', `!' or `?' before -the spaces or end of line. -.PP -The operations \fB{\fR and \fB}\fR move over paragraphs and the operations -\fB[[\fR and \fB]]\fR move over sections.\*(dg -.FS -\*(dg The \fB[[\fR and \fB]]\fR operations -require the operation character to be doubled because they can move the -cursor far from where it currently is. While it is easy to get back -with the command \fB\(ga\(ga\fP, -these commands would still be frustrating -if they were easy to hit accidentally. -.FE -.PP -A paragraph begins after each empty line, and also -at each of a set of paragraph macros, specified by the pairs of characters -in the definition of the string valued option \fIparagraphs\fR. -The default setting for this option defines the paragraph macros of the -\fI\-ms\fR and \fI\-mm\fR macro packages, i.e. the `.IP', `.LP', `.PP' -and `.QP', `.P' and `.LI' macros.\*(dd -.FS -\*(dd You can easily change or extend this set of macros by assigning a -different string to the \fIparagraphs\fR option in your EXINIT. -See section 6.2 for details. -The `.bp' directive is also considered to start a paragraph. -.FE -Each paragraph boundary is also a sentence boundary. The sentence -and paragraph commands can -be given counts to operate over groups of sentences and paragraphs. -.PP -Sections in the editor begin after each macro in the \fIsections\fR option, -normally `.NH', `.SH', `.H' and `.HU', and each line with a formfeed \fB^L\fR -in the first column. -Section boundaries are always line and paragraph boundaries also. -.PP -Try experimenting with the sentence and paragraph commands until you are -sure how they work. If you have a large document, try looking through -it using the section commands. -The section commands interpret a preceding count as a different window size in -which to redraw the screen at the new location, and this window size -is the base size for newly drawn windows until another size is specified. -This is very useful -if you are on a slow terminal and are looking for a particular section. -You can give the first section command a small count to then see each successive -section heading in a small window. -.NH 2 -Rearranging and duplicating text -.PP -The editor has a single unnamed buffer where the last deleted or -changed away text is saved, and a set of named buffers \fBa\fR\-\fBz\fR -which you can use to save copies of text and to move text around in -your file and between files. -.PP -The operator -.B y -yanks a copy of the object which follows into the unnamed buffer. -If preceded by a buffer name, \fB"\fR\fIx\fR\|\fBy\fR, where -\fIx\fR here is replaced by a letter \fBa\-z\fR, it places the text in the named -buffer. The text can then be put back in the file with the commands -.B p -and -.B P; -\fBp\fR puts the text after or below the cursor, while \fBP\fR puts the text -before or above the cursor. -.PP -If the text which you -yank forms a part of a line, or is an object such as a sentence which -partially spans more than one line, then when you put the text back, -it will be placed after the cursor (or before if you -use \fBP\fR). If the yanked text forms whole lines, they will be put -back as whole lines, without changing the current line. In this case, -the put acts much like a \fBo\fR or \fBO\fR command. -.PP -Try the command \fBYP\fR. This makes a copy of the current line and -leaves you on this copy, which is placed before the current line. -The command \fBY\fR is a convenient abbreviation for \fByy\fR. -The command \fBYp\fR will also make a copy of the current line, and place -it after the current line. You can give \fBY\fR a count of lines to -yank, and thus duplicate several lines; try \fB3YP\fR. -.PP -To move text within the buffer, you need to delete it in one place, and -put it back in another. You can precede a delete operation by the -name of a buffer in which the text is to be stored as in \fB"a5dd\fR -deleting 5 lines into the named buffer \fIa\fR. You can then move the -cursor to the eventual resting place of the these lines and do a \fB"ap\fR -or \fB"aP\fR to put them back. -In fact, you can switch and edit another file before you put the lines -back, by giving a command of the form \fB:e \fR\fIname\fR\s-2CR\s0 where -\fIname\fR is the name of the other file you want to edit. You will -have to write back the contents of the current editor buffer (or discard -them) if you have made changes before the editor will let you switch -to the other file. -An ordinary delete command saves the text in the unnamed buffer, -so that an ordinary put can move it elsewhere. -However, the unnamed buffer is lost when you change files, -so to move text from one file to another you should use an unnamed buffer. -.NH 2 -Summary. -.IP -.TS -lw(.50i)b a. -\(ua first non-white on line -$ end of line -) forward sentence -} forward paragraph -]] forward section -( backward sentence -{ backward paragraph -[[ backward section -f\fIx\fR find \fIx\fR forward in line -p put text back, after cursor or below current line -y yank operator, for copies and moves -t\fIx\fR up to \fIx\fR forward, for operators -F\fIx\fR f backward in line -P put text back, before cursor or above current line -T\fIx\fR t backward in line -.TE -.NH 1 -High level commands -.NH 2 -Writing, quitting, editing new files -.PP -So far we have seen how to enter -.I vi -and to write out our file using either -\fBZZ\fR or \fB:w\fR\s-2CR\s0. The first exits from -the editor, -(writing if changes were made), -the second writes and stays in the editor. -.PP -If you have changed the editor's copy of the file but do not wish to -save your changes, either because you messed up the file or decided that the -changes are not an improvement to the file, then you can give the command -\fB:q!\fR\s-2CR\s0 to quit from the editor without writing the changes. -You can also reedit the same file (starting over) by giving the command -\fB:e!\fR\s-2CR\s0. These commands should be used only rarely, and with -caution, as it is not possible to recover the changes you have made after -you discard them in this manner. -.PP -You can edit a different file without leaving the editor by giving the -command \fB:e\fR\ \fIname\fR\s-2CR\s0. If you have not written out -your file before you try to do this, then the editor will tell you this, -and delay editing the other file. You can then give the command -\fB:w\fR\s-2CR\s0 to save your work and then the \fB:e\fR\ \fIname\fR\s-2CR\s0 -command again, or carefully give the command \fB:e!\fR\ \fIname\fR\s-2CR\s0, -which edits the other file discarding the changes you have made to the -current file. -To have the editor automatically save changes, -include -.I "set autowrite" -in your EXINIT, -and use \fB:n\fP instead of \fB:e\fP. -.NH 2 -Escaping to a shell -.PP -You can get to a shell to execute a single command by giving a -.I vi -command of the form \fB:!\fIcmd\fR\s-2CR\s0. -The system will run the single command -.I cmd -and when the command finishes, the editor will ask you to hit a \s-2RETURN\s0 -to continue. When you have finished looking at the output on the screen, -you should hit \s-2RETURN\s0 and the editor will clear the screen and -redraw it. You can then continue editing. -You can also give another \fB:\fR command when it asks you for a \s-2RETURN\s0; -in this case the screen will not be redrawn. -.PP -If you wish to execute more than one command in the shell, then you can -give the command \fB:sh\fR\s-2CR\s0. -This will give you a new shell, and when you finish with the shell, ending -it by typing a \fB^D\fR, the editor will clear the screen and continue. -.PP -On systems which support it, \fB^Z\fP will suspend the editor -and return to the (top level) shell. -When the editor is resumed, the screen will be redrawn. -.NH 2 -Marking and returning -.PP -The command \fB\(ga\(ga\fR returned to the previous place -after a motion of the cursor by a command such as \fB/\fR, \fB?\fR or -\fBG\fR. You can also mark lines in the file with single letter tags -and return to these marks later by naming the tags. Try marking the -current line with the command \fBm\fR\fIx\fR, where you should pick some -letter for \fIx\fR, say `a'. Then move the cursor to a different line -(any way you like) and hit \fB\(gaa\fR. The cursor will return to the -place which you marked. -Marks last only until you edit another file. -.PP -When using operators such as -.B d -and referring to marked lines, it is often desirable to delete whole lines -rather than deleting to the exact position in the line marked by \fBm\fR. -In this case you can use the form \fB\(aa\fR\fIx\fR rather than -\fB\(ga\fR\fIx\fR. Used without an operator, \fB\(aa\fR\fIx\fR will move to -the first non-white character of the marked line; similarly \fB\(aa\(aa\fR -moves to the first non-white character of the line containing the previous -context mark \fB\(ga\(ga\fR. -.NH 2 -Adjusting the screen -.PP -If the screen image is messed up because of a transmission error to your -terminal, or because some program other than the editor wrote output -to your terminal, you can hit a \fB^L\fR, the \s-2ASCII\s0 form-feed -character, to cause the screen to be refreshed. -.PP -On a dumb terminal, if there are @ lines in the middle of the screen -as a result of line deletion, you may get rid of these lines by typing -\fB^R\fR to cause the editor to retype the screen, closing up these holes. -.PP -Finally, if you wish to place a certain line on the screen at the top -middle or bottom of the screen, you can position the cursor to that line, -and then give a \fBz\fR command. -You should follow the \fBz\fR command with a \s-2RETURN\s0 if you want -the line to appear at the top of the window, a \fB.\fR if you want it -at the center, or a \fB\-\fR if you want it at the bottom. -.NH 1 -Special topics -.NH 2 -Editing on slow terminals -.PP -When you are on a slow terminal, it is important to limit the amount -of output which is generated to your screen so that you will not suffer -long delays, waiting for the screen to be refreshed. We have already -pointed out how the editor optimizes the updating of the screen during -insertions on dumb terminals to limit the delays, and how the editor erases -lines to @ when they are deleted on dumb terminals. -.PP -The use of the slow terminal insertion mode is controlled by the -.I slowopen -option. You can force the editor to use this mode even on faster terminals -by giving the command \fB:se slow\fR\s-2CR\s0. If your system is sluggish -this helps lessen the amount of output coming to your terminal. -You can disable this option by \fB:se noslow\fR\s-2CR\s0. -.PP -The editor can simulate an intelligent terminal on a dumb one. Try -giving the command \fB:se redraw\fR\s-2CR\s0. This simulation generates -a great deal of output and is generally tolerable only on lightly loaded -systems and fast terminals. You can disable this by giving the command - \fB:se noredraw\fR\s-2CR\s0. -.PP -The editor also makes editing more pleasant at low speed by starting -editing in a small window, and letting the window expand as you edit. -This works particularly well on intelligent terminals. The editor can -expand the window easily when you insert in the middle of the screen -on these terminals. If possible, try the editor on an intelligent terminal -to see how this works. -.PP -You can control the size of the window which is redrawn each time the -screen is cleared by giving window sizes as argument to the commands -which cause large screen motions: -.DS -.B ": / ? [[ ]] \(ga \(aa" -.DE -Thus if you are searching for a particular instance of a common string -in a file you can precede the first search command by a small number, -say 3, and the editor will draw three line windows around each instance -of the string which it locates. -.PP -You can easily expand or contract the window, placing the current line -as you choose, by giving a number on a \fBz\fR command, after the \fBz\fR -and before the following \s-2RETURN\s0, \fB.\fR or \fB\-\fR. Thus the -command \fBz5.\fR redraws the screen with the current line in the center -of a five line window.\*(dg -.FS -\*(dg Note that the command \fB5z.\fR has an entirely different effect, -placing line 5 in the center of a new window. -.FE -.PP -If the editor is redrawing or otherwise updating large portions of the -display, you can interrupt this updating by hitting a \s-2DEL\s0 or \s-2RUB\s0 -as usual. If you do this you may partially confuse the editor about -what is displayed on the screen. You can still edit the text on -the screen if you wish; clear up the confusion -by hitting a \fB^L\fR; or move or search again, ignoring the -current state of the display. -.PP -See section 7.8 on \fIopen\fR mode for another way to use the -.I vi -command set on slow terminals. -.NH 2 -Options, set, and editor startup files -.PP -The editor has a set of options, some of which have been mentioned above. -The most useful options are given in the following table. -.KF -.TS -lb lb lb lb -l l l a. -Name Default Description -_ -autoindent noai Supply indentation automatically -autowrite noaw Automatic write before \fB:n\fR, \fB:ta\fR, \fB^\(ua\fR, \fB!\fR -ignorecase noic Ignore case in searching -lisp nolisp \fB( { ) }\fR commands deal with S-expressions -list nolist Tabs print as ^I; end of lines marked with $ -magic nomagic The characters . [ and * are special in scans -number nonu Lines are displayed prefixed with line numbers -paragraphs para=IPLPPPQPbpP LI Macro names which start paragraphs -redraw nore Simulate a smart terminal on a dumb one -sections sect=NHSHH HU Macro names which start new sections -shiftwidth sw=8 Shift distance for <, > and input \fB^D\fP and \fB^T\fR -showmatch nosm Show matching \fB(\fP or \fB{\fP as \fB)\fP or \fB}\fR is typed -slowopen slow Postpone display updates during inserts -term dumb The kind of terminal you are using. -.TE -.KE -.PP -The options are of three kinds: numeric options, string options, and -toggle options. You can set numeric and string options by a statement -of the form -.DS -\fBset\fR \fIopt\fR\fB=\fR\fIval\fR -.DE -and toggle options can be set or unset by statements of one of the forms -.DS -\fBset\fR \fIopt\fR -\fBset\fR \fBno\fR\fIopt\fR -.DE -These statements can be placed in your EXINIT in your environment, -or given while you are running -.I vi -by preceding them with a \fB:\fR and following them with a \s-2CR\s0. -.PP -You can get a list of all options which you have changed by the -command \fB:set\fR\s-2CR\s0, or the value of a single option by the -command \fB:set\fR \fIopt\fR\fB?\fR\s-2CR\s0. -A list of all possible options and their values is generated by -\fB:set all\fP\s-2CR\s0. -Set can be abbreviated \fBse\fP. -Multiple options can be placed on one line, e.g. -\fB:se ai aw nu\fP\s-2CR\s0. -.PP -Options set by the \fBset\fP command only last -while you stay in the editor. -It is common to want to have certain options set whenever you -use the editor. -This can be accomplished by creating a list of \fIex\fP commands\*(dg -.FS -\*(dg -All commands which start with -.B : -are \fIex\fP commands. -.FE -which are to be run every time you start up \fIex\fP, \fIedit\fP, -or \fIvi\fP. -A typical list includes a \fBset\fP command, and possibly a few -\fBmap\fP commands. -Since it is advisable to get these commands on one line, they can -be separated with the | character, for example: -.DS -\fBset\fP ai aw terse|\fBmap\fP @ dd|\fBmap\fP # x -.DE -which sets the options \fIautoindent\fP, \fIautowrite\fP, \fIterse\fP, -(the -.B set -command), -makes @ delete a line, -(the first -.B map ), -and makes # delete a character, -(the second -.B map ). -(See section 6.9 for a description of the \fBmap\fP command) -This string should be placed in the variable EXINIT in your environment. -If you use the shell \fIcsh\fP, -put this line in the file -.I .login -in your home directory: -.DS -setenv EXINIT \(aa\fBset\fP ai aw terse|\fBmap\fP @ dd|\fBmap\fP # x\(aa -.DE -If you use the standard shell \fIsh\fP, -put these lines in the file -.I .profile -in your home directory: -.DS -EXINIT=\(aa\fBset\fP ai aw terse|\fBmap\fP @ dd|\fBmap\fP # x\(aa -export EXINIT -.DE -Of course, the particulars of the line would depend on which options -you wanted to set. -.NH 2 -Recovering lost lines -.PP -You might have a serious problem if you delete a number of lines and then -regret that they were deleted. Despair not, the editor saves the last -9 deleted blocks of text in a set of numbered registers 1\-9. -You can get the \fIn\fR'th previous deleted text back in your file by -the command -"\fR\fIn\fR\|\fBp\fR. -The "\fR here says that a buffer name is to follow, -\fIn\fR is the number of the buffer you wish to try -(use the number 1 for now), -and -.B p -is the put command, which puts text in the buffer after the cursor. -If this doesn't bring back the text you wanted, hit -.B u -to undo this and then -\fB\&.\fR -(period) -to repeat the put command. -In general the -\fB\&.\fR -command will repeat the last change you made. -As a special case, when the last command refers to a numbered text buffer, -the \fB.\fR command increments the number of the buffer before repeating -the command. Thus a sequence of the form -.DS -\fB"1pu.u.u.\fR -.DE -will, if repeated long enough, show you all the deleted text which has -been saved for you. -You can omit the -.B u -commands here to gather up all this text in the buffer, or stop after any -\fB\&.\fR command to keep just the then recovered text. -The command -.B P -can also be used rather than -.B p -to put the recovered text before rather than after the cursor. -.NH 2 -Recovering lost files -.PP -If the system crashes, you can recover the work you were doing -to within a few changes. You will normally receive mail when you next -login giving you the name of the file which has been saved for you. -You should then change to the directory where you were when the system -crashed and give a command of the form: -.DS -% \fBvi \-r\fR \fIname\fR -.DE -replacing \fIname\fR with the name of the file which you were editing. -This will recover your work to a point near where you left off.\*(dg -.FS -\*(dg In rare cases, some of the lines of the file may be lost. The -editor will give you the numbers of these lines and the text of the lines -will be replaced by the string `LOST'. These lines will almost always -be among the last few which you changed. You can either choose to discard -the changes which you made (if they are easy to remake) or to replace -the few lost lines by hand. -.FE -.PP -You can get a listing of the files which are saved for you by giving -the command: -.DS -% \fBvi \-r\fR -.DE -If there is more than one instance of a particular file saved, the editor -gives you the newest instance each time you recover it. You can thus -get an older saved copy back by first recovering the newer copies. -.PP -For this feature to work, -.I vi -must be correctly installed by a super user on your system, -and the -.I mail -program must exist to receive mail. -The invocation ``\fIvi -r\fP'' will not always list all saved files, -but they can be recovered even if they are not listed. -.NH 2 -Continuous text input -.PP -When you are typing in large amounts of text it is convenient to have -lines broken near the right margin automatically. You can cause this -to happen by giving the command -\fB:se wm=10\fR\s-2CR\s0. -This causes all lines to be broken at a space at least 10 columns -from the right hand edge of the screen. -.PP -If the editor breaks an input line and you wish to put it back together -you can tell it to join the lines with \fBJ\fR. You can give \fBJ\fR -a count of the number of lines to be joined as in \fB3J\fR to join 3 -lines. The editor supplies white space, if appropriate, -at the juncture of the joined -lines, and leaves the cursor at this white space. -You can kill the white space with \fBx\fR if you don't want it. -.NH 2 -Features for editing programs -.PP -The editor has a number of commands for editing programs. -The thing that most distinguishes editing of programs from editing of text -is the desirability of maintaining an indented structure to the body of -the program. The editor has a -.I autoindent -facility for helping you generate correctly indented programs. -.PP -To enable this facility you can give the command \fB:se ai\fR\s-2CR\s0. -Now try opening a new line with \fBo\fR and type some characters on the -line after a few tabs. If you now start another line, notice that the -editor supplies white space at the beginning of the line to line it up -with the previous line. You cannot backspace over this indentation, -but you can use \fB^D\fR key to backtab over the supplied indentation. -.PP -Each time you type \fB^D\fR you back up one position, normally to an -8 column boundary. This amount is settable; the editor has an option -called -.I shiftwidth -which you can set to change this value. -Try giving the command \fB:se sw=4\fR\s-2CR\s0 -and then experimenting with autoindent again. -.PP -For shifting lines in the program left and right, there are operators -.B < -and -.B >. -These shift the lines you specify right or left by one -.I shiftwidth. -Try -.B << -and -.B >> -which shift one line left or right, and -.B <L -and -.B >L -shifting the rest of the display left and right. -.PP -If you have a complicated expression and wish to see how the parentheses -match, put the cursor at a left or right parenthesis and hit \fB%\fR. -This will show you the matching parenthesis. -This works also for braces { and }, and brackets [ and ]. -.PP -If you are editing C programs, you can use the \fB[[\fR and \fB]]\fR keys -to advance or retreat to a line starting with a \fB{\fR, i.e. a function -declaration at a time. When \fB]]\fR is used with an operator it stops -after a line which starts with \fB}\fR; this is sometimes useful with -\fBy]]\fR. -.NH 2 -Filtering portions of the buffer -.PP -You can run system commands over portions of the buffer using the operator -\fB!\fR. -You can use this to sort lines in the buffer, or to reformat portions -of the buffer with a pretty-printer. -Try typing in a list of random words, one per line and ending them -with a blank line. Back up to the beginning of the list, and then give -the command \fB!}sort\fR\s-2CR\s0. This says to sort the next paragraph -of material, and the blank line ends a paragraph. -.NH 2 -Commands for editing \s-2LISP\s0 -.PP -If you are editing a \s-2LISP\s0 program you should set the option -.I lisp -by doing -\fB:se\ lisp\fR\s-2CR\s0. -This changes the \fB(\fR and \fB)\fR commands to move backward and forward -over s-expressions. -The \fB{\fR and \fB}\fR commands are like \fB(\fR and \fB)\fR but don't -stop at atoms. These can be used to skip to the next list, or through -a comment quickly. -.PP -The -.I autoindent -option works differently for \s-2LISP\s0, supplying indent to align at -the first argument to the last open list. If there is no such argument -then the indent is two spaces more than the last level. -.PP -There is another option which is useful for typing in \s-2LISP\s0, the -.I showmatch -option. -Try setting it with -\fB:se sm\fR\s-2CR\s0 -and then try typing a `(' some words and then a `)'. Notice that the -cursor shows the position of the `(' which matches the `)' briefly. -This happens only if the matching `(' is on the screen, and the cursor -stays there for at most one second. -.PP -The editor also has an operator to realign existing lines as though they -had been typed in with -.I lisp -and -.I autoindent -set. This is the \fB=\fR operator. -Try the command \fB=%\fR at the beginning of a function. This will realign -all the lines of the function declaration. -.PP -When you are editing \s-2LISP\s0,, the \fB[[\fR and \fR]]\fR advance -and retreat to lines beginning with a \fB(\fR, and are useful for dealing -with entire function definitions. -.NH 2 -Macros -.PP -.I Vi -has a parameterless macro facility, which lets you set it up so that -when you hit a single keystroke, the editor will act as though -you had hit some longer sequence of keys. You can set this up if -you find yourself typing the same sequence of commands repeatedly. -.PP -Briefly, there are two flavors of macros: -.IP a) -Ones where you put the macro body in a buffer register, say \fIx\fR. -You can then type \fB@x\fR to invoke the macro. The \fB@\fR may be followed -by another \fB@\fR to repeat the last macro. -.IP b) -You can use the -.I map -command from -.I vi -(typically in your -.I EXINIT ) -with a command of the form: -.DS -:map \fIlhs\fR \fIrhs\fR\s-2CR\f0 -.DE -mapping -.I lhs -into -.I rhs. -There are restrictions: -.I lhs -should be one keystroke (either 1 character or one function key) -since it must be entered within one second -(unless -.I notimeout -is set, in which case you can type it as slowly as you wish, -and -.I vi -will wait for you to finish it before it echoes anything). -The -.I lhs -can be no longer than 10 characters, the -.I rhs -no longer than 100. -To get a space, tab or newline into -.I lhs -or -.I rhs -you should escape them with a \fB^V\fR. -(It may be necessary to double the \fB^V\fR if the map -command is given inside -.I vi, -rather than in -.I ex.) -Spaces and tabs inside the -.I rhs -need not be escaped. -.PP -Thus to make the \fBq\fR key write and exit the editor, you can give -the command -.DS -:map q :wq\fB^V^V\fP\s-2CR CR\s0 -.DE -which means that whenever you type \fBq\fR, it will be as though you -had typed the four characters \fB:wq\fR\s-2CR\s0. -A \fB^V\fR's is needed because without it the \s-2CR\s0 would end the -\fB:\fR command, rather than becoming part of the -.I map -definition. -There are two -.B ^V 's -because from within -.I vi , -two -.B ^V 's -must be typed to get one. -The first \s-2CR\s0 is part of the -.I rhs , -the second terminates the : command. -.PP -Macros can be deleted with -.DS -unmap lhs -.DE -.PP -If the -.I lhs -of a macro is ``#0'' through ``#9'', this maps the particular function key -instead of the 2 character ``#'' sequence. So that terminals without -function keys can access such definitions, the form ``#x'' will mean function -key -.I x -on all terminals (and need not be typed within one second.) -The character ``#'' can be changed by using a macro in the usual way: -.DS -:map \fB^V^V^I\fP # -.DE -to use tab, for example. (This won't affect the -.I map -command, which still uses -.B #, -but just the invocation from visual mode. -.PP -The undo command reverses an entire macro call as a unit, -if it made any changes. -.PP -Placing a `!' after the word -.B map -causes the mapping to apply -to input mode, rather than command mode. -Thus, to arrange for \fB^T\fP to be the same as 4 spaces in input mode, -you can type: -.DS -:map \fB^T\fP \fB^V\fP\o'b/'\o'b/'\o'b/'\o'b/' -.DE -where -.B \o'b/' -is a blank. -The \fB^V\fP is necessary to prevent the blanks from being taken as -white space between the -.I lhs -and -.I rhs . -.NH -Word Abbreviations -.PP -A feature similar to macros in input mode is word abbreviation. -This allows you to type a short word and have it expanded into -a longer word or words. -The commands are -.B :abbreviate -and -.B :unabbreviate -(\fB:ab\fP -and -.B :una ) -and have the same syntax as -.B :map . -For example: -.DS -:ab eecs Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences -.DE -causes the word `eecs' to always be changed into the -phrase `Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences'. -Word abbreviation is different from macros in that -only whole words are affected. -If `eecs' were typed as part of a larger word, it would -be left alone. -Also, the partial word is echoed as it is typed. -There is no need for an abbreviation to be a single keystroke, -as it should be with a macro. -.NH 2 -Abbreviations -.PP -The editor has a number of short -commands which abbreviate longer commands which we -have introduced here. You can find these commands easily -on the quick reference card. -They often save a bit of typing and you can learn them as convenient. -.NH 1 -Nitty-gritty details -.NH 2 -Line representation in the display -.PP -The editor folds long logical lines onto many physical lines in the display. -Commands which advance lines advance logical lines and will skip -over all the segments of a line in one motion. The command \fB|\fR moves -the cursor to a specific column, and may be useful for getting near the -middle of a long line to split it in half. Try \fB80|\fR on a line which -is more than 80 columns long.\*(dg -.FS -\*(dg You can make long lines very easily by using \fBJ\fR to join together -short lines. -.FE -.PP -The editor only puts full lines on the display; if there is not enough -room on the display to fit a logical line, the editor leaves the physical -line empty, placing only an @ on the line as a place holder. When you -delete lines on a dumb terminal, the editor will often just clear the -lines to @ to save time (rather than rewriting the rest of the screen.) -You can always maximize the information on the screen by giving the \fB^R\fR -command. -.PP -If you wish, you can have the editor place line numbers before each line -on the display. Give the command \fB:se nu\fR\s-2CR\s0 to enable -this, and the command \fB:se nonu\fR\s-2CR\s0 to turn it off. -You can have tabs represented as \fB^I\fR and the ends of lines indicated -with `$' by giving the command \fB:se list\fR\s-2CR\s0; -\fB:se nolist\fR\s-2CR\s0 turns this off. -.PP -Finally, lines consisting of only the character `~' are displayed when -the last line in the file is in the middle of the screen. These represent -physical lines which are past the logical end of file. -.NH 2 -Counts -.PP -Most -.I vi -commands will use a preceding count to affect their behavior in some way. -The following table gives the common ways in which the counts are used: -.DS -.TS -l lb. -new window size : / ? [[ ]] \` \' -scroll amount ^D ^U -line/column number z G | -repeat effect \fRmost of the rest\fP -.TE -.DE -.PP -The editor maintains a notion of the current default window size. -On terminals which run at speeds greater than 1200 baud -the editor uses the full terminal screen. -On terminals which are slower than 1200 baud -(most dialup lines are in this group) -the editor uses 8 lines as the default window size. -At 1200 baud the default is 16 lines. -.PP -This size is the size used when the editor clears and refills the screen -after a search or other motion moves far from the edge of the current window. -The commands which take a new window size as count all often cause the -screen to be redrawn. If you anticipate this, but do not need as large -a window as you are currently using, you may wish to change the screen -size by specifying the new size before these commands. -In any case, the number of lines used on the screen will expand if you -move off the top with a \fB\-\fR or similar command or off the bottom -with a command such as \s-2RETURN\s0 or \fB^D\fR. -The window will revert to the last specified size the next time it is -cleared and refilled.\*(dg -.FS -\*(dg But not by a \fB^L\fR which just redraws the screen as it is. -.FE -.PP -The scroll commands \fB^D\fR and \fB^U\fR likewise remember the amount -of scroll last specified, using half the basic window size initially. -The simple insert commands use a count to specify a repetition of the -inserted text. Thus \fB10a+\-\-\-\-\fR\s-2ESC\s0 will insert a grid-like -string of text. -A few commands also use a preceding count as a line or column number. -.PP -Except for a few commands which ignore any counts (such as \fB^R\fR), -the rest of the editor commands use a count to indicate a simple repetition -of their effect. Thus \fB5w\fR advances five words on the current line, -while \fB5\fR\s-2RETURN\s0 advances five lines. A very useful instance -of a count as a repetition is a count given to the \fB.\fR command, which -repeats the last changing command. If you do \fBdw\fR and then \fB3.\fR, -you will delete first one and then three words. You can then delete -two more words with \fB2.\fR. -.NH 2 -More file manipulation commands -.PP -The following table lists the file manipulation commands which you can -use when you are in -.I vi. -.KF -.DS -.TS -lb l. -:w write back changes -:wq write and quit -:x write (if necessary) and quit (same as ZZ). -:e \fIname\fP edit file \fIname\fR -:e! reedit, discarding changes -:e + \fIname\fP edit, starting at end -:e +\fIn\fP edit, starting at line \fIn\fP -:e # edit alternate file -:w \fIname\fP write file \fIname\fP -:w! \fIname\fP overwrite file \fIname\fP -:\fIx,y\fPw \fIname\fP write lines \fIx\fP through \fIy\fP to \fIname\fP -:r \fIname\fP read file \fIname\fP into buffer -:r !\fIcmd\fP read output of \fIcmd\fP into buffer -:n edit next file in argument list -:n! edit next file, discarding changes to current -:n \fIargs\fP specify new argument list -:ta \fItag\fP edit file containing tag \fItag\fP, at \fItag\fP -.TE -.DE -.KE -All of these commands are followed by a \s-2CR\s0 or \s-2ESC\s0. -The most basic commands are \fB:w\fR and \fB:e\fR. -A normal editing session on a single file will end with a \fBZZ\fR command. -If you are editing for a long period of time you can give \fB:w\fR commands -occasionally after major amounts of editing, and then finish -with a \fBZZ\fR. When you edit more than one file, you can finish -with one with a \fB:w\fR and start editing a new file by giving a \fB:e\fR -command, -or set -.I autowrite -and use \fB:n\fP <file>. -.PP -If you make changes to the editor's copy of a file, but do not wish to -write them back, then you must give an \fB!\fR after the command you -would otherwise use; this forces the editor to discard any changes -you have made. Use this carefully. -.PP -The \fB:e\fR command can be given a \fB+\fR argument to start at the -end of the file, or a \fB+\fR\fIn\fR argument to start at line \fIn\fR\^. -In actuality, \fIn\fR may be any editor command not containing a space, -usefully a scan like \fB+/\fIpat\fR or \fB+?\fIpat\fR. -In forming new names to the \fBe\fR command, you can use the character -\fB%\fR which is replaced by the current file name, or the character -\fB#\fR which is replaced by the alternate file name. -The alternate file name is generally the last name you typed other than -the current file. Thus if you try to do a \fB:e\fR and get a diagnostic -that you haven't written the file, you can give a \fB:w\fR command and -then a \fB:e #\fR command to redo the previous \fB:e\fR. -.PP -You can write part of the buffer to a file by finding out the lines -that bound the range to be written using \fB^G\fR, and giving these -numbers after the \fB:\fR -and before the \fBw\fP, separated by \fB,\fR's. -You can also mark these lines with \fBm\fR and -then use an address of the form \fB\(aa\fR\fIx\fR\fB,\fB\(aa\fR\fIy\fR -on the \fBw\fR command here. -.PP -You can read another file into the buffer after the current line by using -the \fB:r\fR command. -You can similarly read in the output from a command, just use \fB!\fR\fIcmd\fR -instead of a file name. -.PP -If you wish to edit a set of files in succession, you can give all the -names on the command line, and then edit each one in turn using the command -\fB:n\fR. It is also possible to respecify the list of files to be edited -by giving the \fB:n\fR command a list of file names, or a pattern to -be expanded as you would have given it on the initial -.I vi -command. -.PP -If you are editing large programs, you will find the \fB:ta\fR command -very useful. It utilizes a data base of function names and their locations, -which can be created by programs such as -.I ctags, -to quickly find a function whose name you give. -If the \fB:ta\fR command will require the editor to switch files, then -you must \fB:w\fR or abandon any changes before switching. You can repeat -the \fB:ta\fR command without any arguments to look for the same tag -again. -.NH 2 -More about searching for strings -.PP -When you are searching for strings in the file with \fB/\fR and \fB?\fR, -the editor normally places you at the next or previous occurrence -of the string. If you are using an operator such as \fBd\fR, -\fBc\fR or \fBy\fR, then you may well wish to affect lines up to the -line before the line containing the pattern. You can give a search of -the form \fB/\fR\fIpat\fR\fB/\-\fR\fIn\fR to refer to the \fIn\fR'th line -before the next line containing \fIpat\fR, or you can use \fB\+\fR instead -of \fB\-\fR to refer to the lines after the one containing \fIpat\fR. -If you don't give a line offset, then the editor will affect characters -up to the match place, rather than whole lines; thus use ``+0'' to affect -to the line which matches. -.PP -You can have the editor ignore the case of words in the searches it does -by giving the command \fB:se ic\fR\s-2CR\s0. -The command \fB:se noic\fR\s-2CR\s0 turns this off. -.PP -Strings given to searches may actually be regular expressions. -If you do not want or need this facility, you should -.DS -set nomagic -.DE -in your EXINIT. -In this case, -only the characters \fB\(ua\fR and \fB$\fR are special in patterns. -The character \fB\e\fR is also then special (as it is most everywhere in -the system), and may be used to get at the -an extended pattern matching facility. -It is also necessary to use a \e before a -\fB/\fR in a forward scan or a \fB?\fR in a backward scan, in any case. -The following table gives the extended forms when \fBmagic\fR is set. -.DS -.TS -bl l. -\(ua at beginning of pattern, matches beginning of line -$ at end of pattern, matches end of line -\fB\&.\fR matches any character -\e< matches the beginning of a word -\e> matches the end of a word -[\fIstr\fP] matches any single character in \fIstr\fP -[\(ua\fIstr\fP] matches any single character not in \fIstr\fP -[\fIx\fP\-\fIy\fP] matches any character between \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP -* matches any number of the preceding pattern -.TE -.DE -If you use \fBnomagic\fR mode, then -the \fB. [\fR and \fB*\fR primitives are given with a preceding -\e. -.NH 2 -More about input mode -.PP -There are a number of characters which you can use to make corrections -during input mode. These are summarized in the following table. -.DS -.TS -lb l. -^H deletes the last input character -^W deletes the last input word, defined as by \fBb\fR -erase your erase character, same as \fB^H\fP -kill your kill character, deletes the input on this line -\e escapes a following \fB^H\fP and your erase and kill -\s-2ESC\s0 ends an insertion -\s-2DEL\s0 interrupts an insertion, terminating it abnormally -\s-2CR\s0 starts a new line -^D backtabs over \fIautoindent\fP -0^D kills all the \fIautoindent\fP -\(ua^D same as \fB0^D\fP, but restores indent next line -^V quotes the next non-printing character into the file -.TE -.DE -.PP -The most usual way of making corrections to input is by typing \fB^H\fR -to correct a single character, or by typing one or more \fB^W\fR's to -back over incorrect words. If you use \fB#\fR as your erase character -in the normal system, it will work like \fB^H\fR. -.PP -Your system kill character, normally \fB@\fR, \fB^X\fP or \fB^U\fR, -will erase all -the input you have given on the current line. -In general, you can neither -erase input back around a line boundary nor can you erase characters -which you did not insert with this insertion command. To make corrections -on the previous line after a new line has been started you can hit \s-2ESC\s0 -to end the insertion, move over and make the correction, and then return -to where you were to continue. The command \fBA\fR which appends at the -end of the current line is often useful for continuing. -.PP -If you wish to type in your erase or kill character (say # or @) then -you must precede it with a \fB\e\fR, just as you would do at the normal -system command level. A more general way of typing non-printing characters -into the file is to precede them with a \fB^V\fR. The \fB^V\fR echoes -as a \fB\(ua\fR character on which the cursor rests. This indicates that -the editor expects you to type a control character. In fact you may -type any character and it will be inserted into the file at that point.* -.FS -* This is not quite true. The implementation of the editor does -not allow the \s-2NULL\s0 (\fB^@\fR) character to appear in files. Also -the \s-2LF\s0 (linefeed or \fB^J\fR) character is used by the editor -to separate lines in the file, so it cannot appear in the middle of a -line. You can insert any other character, however, if you wait for the -editor to echo the \fB\(ua\fR before you type the character. In fact, -the editor will treat a following letter as a request for the corresponding -control character. This is the only way to type \fB^S\fR or \fB^Q\fP, -since the system normally uses them to suspend and resume output -and never gives them to the editor to process. -.FE -.PP -If you are using \fIautoindent\fR you can backtab over the indent which -it supplies by typing a \fB^D\fR. This backs up to a \fIshiftwidth\fR -boundary. -This only works immediately after the supplied \fIautoindent\fR. -.PP -When you are using \fIautoindent\fR you may wish to place a label at -the left margin of a line. The way to do this easily is to type \fB\(ua\fR -and then \fB^D\fR. The editor will move the cursor to the left margin -for one line, and restore the previous indent on the next. You can also -type a \fB0\fR followed immediately by a \fB^D\fR if you wish to kill -all the indent and not have it come back on the next line. -.NH 2 -Upper case only terminals -.PP -If your terminal has only upper case, you can still use -.I vi -by using the normal -system convention for typing on such a terminal. -Characters which you normally type are converted to lower case, and you -can type upper case letters by preceding them with a \e. -The characters { ~ } | \(ga are not available on such terminals, but you -can escape them as \e( \e\(ua \e) \e! \e\(aa. -These characters are represented on the display in the same way they -are typed.\*(dd -.FS -\*(dd The \e character you give will not echo until you type another -key. -.FE -.NH 2 -Vi and ex -.PP -.I Vi -is actually one mode of editing within the editor -.I ex. -When you are running -.I vi -you can escape to the line oriented editor of -.I ex -by giving the command -\fBQ\fR. -All of the -.B : -commands which were introduced above are available in -.I ex. -Likewise, most -.I ex -commands can be invoked from -.I vi -using :. -Just give them without the \fB:\fR and follow them with a \s-2CR\s0. -.PP -In rare instances, an internal error may occur in -.I vi. -In this case you will get a diagnostic and be left in the command mode of -.I ex. -You can then save your work and quit if you wish by giving a command -\fBx\fR after the \fB:\fR which \fIex\fR prompts you with, or you can -reenter \fIvi\fR by giving -.I ex -a -.I vi -command. -.PP -There are a number of things which you can do more easily in -.I ex -than in -.I vi. -Systematic changes in line oriented material are particularly easy. -You can read the advanced editing documents for the editor -.I ed -to find out a lot more about this style of editing. -Experienced -users often mix their use of -.I ex -command mode and -.I vi -command mode to speed the work they are doing. -.NH 2 -Open mode: vi on hardcopy terminals and ``glass tty's'' -\(dd -.PP -If you are on a hardcopy terminal or a terminal which does not have a cursor -which can move off the bottom line, you can still use the command set of -.I vi, -but in a different mode. -When you give a -.I vi -command, the editor will tell you that it is using -.I open -mode. -This name comes from the -.I open -command in -.I ex, -which is used to get into the same mode. -.PP -The only difference between -.I visual -mode -and -.I open -mode is the way in which the text is displayed. -.PP -In -.I open -mode the editor uses a single line window into the file, and moving backward -and forward in the file causes new lines to be displayed, always below the -current line. -Two commands of -.I vi -work differently in -.I open: -.B z -and -\fB^R\fR. -The -.B z -command does not take parameters, but rather draws a window of context around -the current line and then returns you to the current line. -.PP -If you are on a hardcopy terminal, -the -.B ^R -command will retype the current line. -On such terminals, the editor normally uses two lines to represent the -current line. -The first line is a copy of the line as you started to edit it, and you work -on the line below this line. -When you delete characters, the editor types a number of \e's to show -you the characters which are deleted. The editor also reprints the current -line soon after such changes so that you can see what the line looks -like again. -.PP -It is sometimes useful to use this mode on very slow terminals which -can support -.I vi -in the full screen mode. -You can do this by entering -.I ex -and using an -.I open -command. -.LP -.SH -Acknowledgements -.PP -Bruce Englar encouraged the early development of this display editor. -Peter Kessler helped bring sanity to version 2's command layout. -Bill Joy wrote versions 1 and 2.0 through 2.7, -and created the framework that users see in the present editor. -Mark Horton added macros and other features and made the -editor work on a large number of terminals and Unix systems. diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.summary b/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.summary deleted file mode 100644 index a7d99384dc8..00000000000 --- a/usr.bin/vi/USD.doc/vitut/vi.summary +++ /dev/null @@ -1,468 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 -.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by the University of -.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. -.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors -.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -.\" without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" @(#)vi.summary 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93 -.\" -.ds CH -.ds CF -.de TS -.br -.if !\\n(1T .RT -.ul 0 -.ti \\n(.iu -.if t .sp 0.25 -.if n .sp -.if \\$1H .TQ -.nr IX 1 -.. -.nr PS 9 -.ps 9 -.nr VS 11 -.vs 11 -.nr HM .50i -.nr FM .25i -.nr PO 0 -.po 0 -.nr LL 3.5i -.ll 3.5i -.de nc -.bp -.. -.de h -.LG -.B -\\$1 -.R -.NL -.. -.LG -.LG -.B -.ce -Ex Quick Reference -.R -.NL -.LP -.LP -.h "Entering/leaving ex" -.TS -aw(1.4i)b aw(1.8i). -% ex \fIname\fP edit \fIname\fP, start at end -% ex +\fIn\fP \fIname\fP ... at line \fIn\fP -% ex \-t \fItag\fP start at \fItag\fP -% ex \-r list saved files -% ex \-r \fIname\fP recover file \fIname\fP -% ex \fIname\fP ... edit first; rest via \fB:n\fP -% ex \-R \fIname\fP read only mode -: x exit, saving changes -: q! exit, discarding changes -.TE -.h "Ex states" -.TS -lw(1i) lw(2.0i). -Command T{ -Normal and initial state. Input prompted for by \fB:\fP. -Your kill character cancels partial command. -T} -Insert T{ -Entered by \fBa\fP \fBi\fP and \fBc\fP. -Arbitrary text then terminates with line having only \fB.\fP -character on it or abnormally with interrupt. -T} -Open/visual T{ -Entered by \fBopen\fP or \fBvi\fP, terminates with \fBQ\fP -or ^\e. -T} -.TE -.h "Ex commands" -.TS -lw(.45i) lw(.08i)b lw(.45i) lw(.08i)b lw(.45i) lw(.08i)b. -abbrev ab next n unabbrev una -append a number nu undo u -args ar open o unmap unm -change c preserve pre version ve -copy co print p visual vi -delete d put pu write w -edit e quit q xit x -file f read re yank ya -global g recover rec \fIwindow\fP z -insert i rewind rew \fIescape\fP ! -join j set se \fIlshift\fP < -list l shell sh \fIprint next\fP \fRCR\fP -map source so \fIresubst\fP & -mark ma stop st \fIrshift\fP > -move m substitute s \fIscroll\fP ^D -.TE -.h "Ex command addresses" -.TS -lw(.3i)b lw(0.8i) lw(.3i)b lw(0.8i). -\fIn\fP line \fIn\fP /\fIpat\fP next with \fIpat\fP -\&. current ?\fIpat\fP previous with \fIpat\fP -$ last \fIx\fP-\fIn\fP \fIn\fP before \fIx\fP -+ next \fIx\fP,\fIy\fP \fIx\fP through \fIy\fP -\- previous \(aa\fIx\fP marked with \fIx\fP -+\fIn\fP \fIn\fP forward \(aa\(aa previous context -% 1,$ -.TE -.nc -.h "Specifying terminal type" -.TS -aw(1.7i)b aw(1.5i). -% setenv TERM \fItype\fP \fIcsh\fP and all version 6 -$ TERM=\fItype\fP; export TERM \fIsh\fP in Version 7 -See also \fItset\fR(1) -.TE -.h "Some terminal types" -.TS -lw(.4i) lw(.4i) lw(.4i) lw(.4i) lw(.4i). -2621 43 adm31 dw1 h19 -2645 733 adm3a dw2 i100 -300s 745 c100 gt40 mime -33 act4 dm1520 gt42 owl -37 act5 dm2500 h1500 t1061 -4014 adm3 dm3025 h1510 vt52 -.TE -.h "Initializing options" -.TS -lw(.9i)b aw(1.5i). -EXINIT place \fBset\fP's here in environment var. -set \fIx\fP enable option -set no\fIx\fP disable option -set \fIx\fP=\fIval\fP give value \fIval\fP -set show changed options -set all show all options -set \fIx\fP? show value of option \fIx\fP -.TE -.h "Useful options" -.TS -lw(.9i)b lw(.3i) lw(1.0i). -autoindent ai supply indent -autowrite aw write before changing files -ignorecase ic in scanning -lisp \fB( ) { }\fP are s-exp's -list print ^I for tab, $ at end -magic \fB. [ *\fP special in patterns -number nu number lines -paragraphs para macro names which start ... -redraw simulate smart terminal -scroll command mode lines -sections sect macro names ... -shiftwidth sw for \fB< >\fP, and input \fB^D\fP -showmatch sm to \fB)\fP and \fB}\fP as typed -slowopen slow choke updates during insert -window visual mode lines -wrapscan ws around end of buffer? -wrapmargin wm automatic line splitting -.TE -.LP -.h "Scanning pattern formation" -.TS -aw(.9i)b aw(1.0i). -\(ua beginning of line -$ end of line -\fB.\fR any character -\e< beginning of word -\e> end of word -[\fIstr\fP] any char in \fIstr\fP -[\(ua\fIstr\fP] ... not in \fIstr\fP -[\fIx\-y\fP] ... between \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP -* any number of preceding -.TE -.nc -.LP -.LG -.LG -.B -.ce -Vi Quick Reference -.NL -.R -.LP -.LP -.h "Entering/leaving vi" -.TS -aw(1.4i)b aw(1.8i). -% vi \fIname\fP edit \fIname\fP at top -% vi +\fIn\fP \fIname\fP ... at line \fIn\fP -% vi + \fIname\fP ... at end -% vi \-r list saved files -% vi \-r \fIname\fP recover file \fIname\fP -% vi \fIname\fP ... edit first; rest via \fB:n\fP -% vi \-t \fItag\fP start at \fItag\fP -% vi +/\fIpat\fP \fIname\fP search for \fIpat\fP -% view \fIname\fP read only mode -ZZ exit from vi, saving changes -^Z stop vi for later resumption -.TE -.h "The display" -.TS -lw(.75i) lw(2.2i). -Last line T{ -Error messages, echoing input to \fB: / ?\fP and \fB!\fR, -feedback about i/o and large changes. -T} -@ lines On screen only, not in file. -~ lines Lines past end of file. -^\fIx\fP Control characters, ^? is delete. -tabs Expand to spaces, cursor at last. -.TE -.LP -.h "Vi states" -.TS -lw(.75i) lw(2.2i). -Command T{ -Normal and initial state. Others return here. -ESC (escape) cancels partial command. -T} -Insert T{ -Entered by \fBa i A I o O c C s S\fP \fBR\fP. -Arbitrary text then terminates with ESC character, -or abnormally with interrupt. -T} -Last line T{ -Reading input for \fB: / ?\fP or \fB!\fP; terminate -with ESC or CR to execute, interrupt to cancel. -T} -.TE -.h "Counts before vi commands" -.TS -lw(1.5i) lw(1.7i)b. -line/column number z G | -scroll amount ^D ^U -replicate insert a i A I -repeat effect \fRmost rest\fP -.TE -.h "Simple commands" -.TS -lw(1.5i)b lw(1.7i). -dw delete a word -de ... leaving punctuation -dd delete a line -3dd ... 3 lines -i\fItext\fP\fRESC\fP insert text \fIabc\fP -cw\fInew\fP\fRESC\fP change word to \fInew\fP -ea\fIs\fP\fRESC\fP pluralize word -xp transpose characters -.TE -.nc -.h "Interrupting, cancelling" -.TS -aw(0.75i)b aw(1.6i). -ESC end insert or incomplete cmd -^? (delete or rubout) interrupts -^L reprint screen if \fB^?\fR scrambles it -.TE -.h "File manipulation" -.TS -aw(0.75i)b aw(1.6i). -:w write back changes -:wq write and quit -:q quit -:q! quit, discard changes -:e \fIname\fP edit file \fIname\fP -:e! reedit, discard changes -:e + \fIname\fP edit, starting at end -:e +\fIn\fR edit starting at line \fIn\fR -:e # edit alternate file -^\(ua synonym for \fB:e #\fP -:w \fIname\fP write file \fIname\fP -:w! \fIname\fP overwrite file \fIname\fP -:sh run shell, then return -:!\fIcmd\fP run \fIcmd\fR, then return -:n edit next file in arglist -:n \fIargs\fP specify new arglist -:f show current file and line -^G synonym for \fB:f\fP -:ta \fItag\fP to tag file entry \fItag\fP -^] \fB:ta\fP, following word is \fItag\fP -.TE -.h "Positioning within file" -.TS -aw(0.75i)b aw(1.6i). -^F forward screenfull -^B backward screenfull -^D scroll down half screen -^U scroll up half screen -G goto line (end default) -/\fIpat\fR next line matching \fIpat\fR -?\fIpat\fR prev line matching \fIpat\fR -n repeat last \fB/\fR or \fB?\fR -N reverse last \fB/\fR or \fB?\fR -/\fIpat\fP/+\fIn\fP n'th line after \fIpat\fR -?\fIpat\fP?\-\fIn\fP n'th line before \fIpat\fR -]] next section/function -[[ previous section/function -% find matching \fB( ) {\fP or \fB}\fP -.TE -.h "Adjusting the screen" -.TS -aw(0.75i)b aw(1.6i). -^L clear and redraw -^R retype, eliminate @ lines -z\fRCR\fP redraw, current at window top -z\- ... at bottom -z\|. ... at center -/\fIpat\fP/z\- \fIpat\fP line at bottom -z\fIn\fP\|. use \fIn\fP line window -^E scroll window down 1 line -^Y scroll window up 1 line -.TE -.nc -.h "Marking and returning -.TS -aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i). -\(ga\(ga previous context -\(aa\(aa ... at first non-white in line -m\fIx\fP mark position with letter \fIx\fP -\(ga\fIx\fP to mark \fIx\fP -\(aa\fIx\fP ... at first non-white in line -.TE -.h "Line positioning" -.TS -aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i). -H home window line -L last window line -M middle window line -+ next line, at first non-white -\- previous line, at first non-white -\fRCR\fP return, same as + -\(da \fRor\fP j next line, same column -\(ua \fRor\fP k previous line, same column -.TE -.h "Character positioning" -.TS -aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i). -\(ua first non white -0 beginning of line -$ end of line -h \fRor\fP \(-> forward -l \fRor\fP \(<- backwards -^H same as \fB\(<-\fP -\fRspace\fP same as \fB\(->\fP -f\fIx\fP find \fIx\fP forward -F\fIx\fP \fBf\fR backward -t\fIx\fP upto \fIx\fP forward -T\fIx\fP back upto \fIx\fP -; repeat last \fBf F t\fP or \fBT\fP -, inverse of \fB;\fP -| to specified column -% find matching \fB( { )\fP or \fB}\fR -.TE -.h "Words, sentences, paragraphs" -.TS -aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i). -w word forward -b back word -e end of word -) to next sentence -} to next paragraph -( back sentence -{ back paragraph -W blank delimited word -B back \fBW\fP -E to end of \fBW\fP -.TE -.h "Commands for \s-2LISP\s0" -.TS -aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i). -) Forward s-expression -} ... but don't stop at atoms -( Back s-expression -{ ... but don't stop at atoms -.TE -.nc -.h "Corrections during insert" -.TS -aw(.5i)b aw(2.0i). -^H erase last character -^W erases last word -\fRerase\fP your erase, same as \fB^H\fP -\fRkill\fP your kill, erase input this line -\e escapes \fB^H\fR, your erase and kill -\fRESC\fP ends insertion, back to command -^? interrupt, terminates insert -^D backtab over \fIautoindent\fP -\(ua^D kill \fIautoindent\fP, save for next -0^D ... but at margin next also -^V quote non-printing character -.TE -.h "Insert and replace" -.TS -aw(.5i)b aw(2.0i). -a append after cursor -i insert before -A append at end of line -I insert before first non-blank -o open line below -O open above -r\fIx\fP replace single char with \fIx\fP -R replace characters -.TE -.h "Operators (double to affect lines)" -.TS -aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i). -d delete -c change -< left shift -> right shift -! filter through command -\&\= indent for \s-2LISP\s0 -y yank lines to buffer -.TE -.h "Miscellaneous operations" -.TS -aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i). -C change rest of line -D delete rest of line -s substitute chars -S substitute lines -J join lines -x delete characters -X ... before cursor -Y yank lines -.TE -.h "Yank and put" -.TS -aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i). -p put back lines -P put before -"\fIx\fPp put from buffer \fIx\fP -"\fIx\fPy yank to buffer \fIx\fP -"\fIx\fPd delete into buffer \fIx\fP -.TE -.h "Undo, redo, retrieve" -.TS -aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i). -u undo last change -U restore current line -\fB.\fP repeat last change -"\fId\fP\|p retrieve \fId\fP'th last delete -.TE |